[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018057808A1 - Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors - Google Patents

Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018057808A1
WO2018057808A1 PCT/US2017/052817 US2017052817W WO2018057808A1 WO 2018057808 A1 WO2018057808 A1 WO 2018057808A1 US 2017052817 W US2017052817 W US 2017052817W WO 2018057808 A1 WO2018057808 A1 WO 2018057808A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cancer
morpholino
benzo
methyl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2017/052817
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2018057808A8 (en
Inventor
Jayaraman Chandrasekhar
Julian Andrew CODELLI
Devan Naduthambi
Leena Patel
Stephane Perreault
Gary Phillips
Kassandra F. SEDILLO
Jennifer Anne TREIBERG
Joshua Van Veldhuizen
William J. Watkins
Original Assignee
Gilead Sciences, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Gilead Sciences, Inc. filed Critical Gilead Sciences, Inc.
Publication of WO2018057808A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018057808A1/en
Publication of WO2018057808A8 publication Critical patent/WO2018057808A8/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI 3-kinase or PI3K) is responsible for generating these phosphorylated signaling products.
  • PI3K was initially identified as a protein associated with viral oncoproteins and growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases that phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (PI) and its phosphorylated derivatives at the 3’-hydroxyl of the inositol ring (Panayotou et al., Trends Cell Biol., 2:358-60, 1992).
  • Three classes of the PI 3-kinase (PI3K) are proposed based on the substrate specificities. Class I PI3Ks phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (PI),
  • phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-biphosphate (PIP 2 ) to produce phosphatidylinositol-3-phosphate (PIP), phosphatidylinositol-3,4-biphosphate, and phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate, respectively.
  • Class II PI3Ks phosphorylate PI and phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate
  • Class III PI3Ks Class II PI3Ks phosphorylate PI and phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate
  • PI 3-kinase phosphorylate PI.
  • four distinct Class I PI3Ks were identified and designated as PI3K ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ isoforms. Each isoform consists of a distinct 110 kDa catalytic subunit and a regulatory subunit.
  • the catalytic subunits of PI3K ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ interacts, individually, with the same regulatory subunit p85, whereas the catalytic subunit of PI3K ⁇ (p110 ⁇ ) interacts with a distinct regulatory subunit p101.
  • PI3K isoform has distinct expression pattern. For example, PIK3CA which encodes PI3K ⁇ is frequently mutated in human cancers (Engelman, Nat. Rev. Cancer, 9: 550-562, 2009). Also, PI3K ⁇ is generally expressed in hematopoietic cells.
  • PI3K isoforms are shown to be associated with proliferation or survival signaling in cancers, inflammatory, or autoimmune diseases. As each PI3K isoform has different biological function, PI3K isoforms are potential targets to treat cancer or disorder (US Patent Nos.6,800,620; 8,435,988; 8,673,906; US Patent Application Publication No. US 2013/0274253). Therefore, there is a need for developing therapeutic agents that inhibit PI3K isoforms to treat diseases, disorders, or conditions that are mediated by PI3K.
  • the present application provides novel compounds that are inhibitors of PI3K isoforms.
  • the application also provides compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, kits that include the compounds, and methods of using and making the compounds.
  • the compounds provided herein are useful in treating diseases, disorders, or conditions that are mediated by PI3K isoforms.
  • the application also provides compounds for use in therapy.
  • the application further provides compounds for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms.
  • the application provides uses of the compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a , -C(O)OR b , -C(O)NR a R b , -N(R a )C(O)R b , -S(O)NR a R b , -S(O) 2 NR a R b , -S(O)R a
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a , -C(O)OR b , - C(O)NR a R b , -N(R a )C(O)R b ,
  • each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 103 ; each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a ,
  • R 7 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a , -C(O)OR b , -
  • each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 102 ;
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R 200 ; each R 100 , R 101 , R 102 , and R 103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)R c , -C(O)OR c , -C(O)NR c R d , - d d d d membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is
  • the PI3K inhibitors are the compounds selected from Table 1, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • the compound is an (S)-enantiomer.
  • the compound is an (R)-enantiomer.
  • the compound is an atropisomer.
  • the application also provides a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may be selected from carriers, adjuvants, and excipients.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition in a human in need thereof by administering to the human a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a compound of formula (I) for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms is also provided.
  • the application also provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms.
  • the disease, disorder, or condition is associated or mediated by PI3K.
  • the disease, disorder, or condition is an inflammatory disorder.
  • the disease, disorder, or condition is a cancer.
  • Also provided herein is a method of inhibiting the activity of a
  • phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase polypeptide by contacting the polypeptide with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a method of inhibiting excessive or destructive immune reactions comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a method of inhibiting growth or proliferation of cancer cells comprising contacting the cancer cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a kit that includes a compound of formula (I) or a
  • kits may further comprise a label and/or instructions for use of the compound in treating a disease, disorder, or condition in a human in need thereof.
  • the disease, disorder, or condition may be associated or mediated by PI3K activity.
  • articles of manufacture that include a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof, and a container.
  • the container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, or an intravenous bag.
  • chemical groups may be depicted with or without one or more dashes without losing their ordinary meaning.
  • a wavy line drawn through a line in a structure indicates a point of attachment of a group. Unless chemically or structurally required, no directionality is indicated or implied by the order in which a chemical group is written or named.
  • the prefix“C u-v ” indicates that the following group has from u to v carbon atoms.
  • “C 1-6 alkyl” indicates that the alkyl group has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Reference to“about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. In certain embodiments, the term“about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 10%.
  • the term “about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 5%. In certain other embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ⁇ 1%. Also, to the term“about X” includes description of“X”. Also, the singular forms "a” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, e.g., reference to “the compound” includes a plurality of such compounds and reference to “the assay” includes reference to one or more assays and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art. “Alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain.
  • alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-20 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1-4 alkyl).
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl.
  • Alkenyl refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-20 alkenyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-8 alkenyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-6 alkenyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-4 alkenyl).
  • alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, butadienyl (including 1,2- butadienyl and 1,3-butadienyl).
  • Alkynyl refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-20 alkynyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-8 alkynyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-6 alkynyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2-4 alkynyl).
  • the term“alkynyl” also includes those groups having one triple bond and one double bond.
  • Alkoxy refers to the group“alkyl-O-”.
  • alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • acyl include formyl, acetyl,
  • “Amido” refers to both a“C-amido” group which refers to the group - C( ⁇ O)NR y R z and an“N-amido” group which refers to the group -NR y C( ⁇ O)R z , wherein R y and R z are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, haloalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • Amino refers to the group -NR y R z wherein R y and R z are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • Aryl refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g.
  • aryl has 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 6-20 aryl), 6 to 12 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C 6-12 aryl), or 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C 6-10 aryl).
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, and anthryl. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl ring, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl.
  • Cyano or“carbonitrile” refers to the group -CN.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems.
  • the term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e. the cyclic group having at least one alkenyl).
  • cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C 3-6 cycloalkyl).
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • Halogen or“halo” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.“Haloalkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen. For example, where a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached. Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen.
  • haloalkyl examples include difluoromethyl (-CHF 2 ) and trifluoromethyl (-CF3).
  • Heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. By way of example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group.
  • Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, and the like, where R is H, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • heteroalkyl groups include -OCH 3 , - CH 2 OCH 3 , -SCH 3 , -CH 2 SCH 3 , -NRCH 3 , and -CH 2 NRCH 3 , where R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • heteroalkyl include 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom.
  • Heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings, or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl include 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms; and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, benzothiazolyl, and pyrazolyl.
  • Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above.
  • “Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the term“heterocycloalkyl” includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e. the
  • heterocycloalkyl group having at least one alkenyl may be a single ring or multiple rings wherein the multiple rings may be fused, bridged, or spiro.
  • heterocycloalkyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms; having 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxetanyl, dioxolanyl, azetidinyl, and morpholinyl.
  • “Hydroxy” or“hydroxyl” refers to the group -OH.
  • “Sulfonyl” refers to the group -S(O) 2 R, where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or aryl.
  • sulfonyl examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, and toluenesulfonyl.
  • a divalent group such as a divalent“alkyl” group, a divalent“aryl” group, etc., may also be referred to as an“alkylene” group or an“alkylenyl” group, an“arylene” group or an “arylenyl” group, respectively.
  • combinations of groups are referred to herein as one moiety, e.g.
  • arylalkyl the last mentioned group contains the atom by which the moiety is attached to the rest of the molecule.
  • the terms“optional” or“optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not.
  • the term “optionally substituted” refers to any one or more hydrogen atoms on the designated atom or group may or may not be replaced by a moiety other than hydrogen.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on the designated atom or group is replaced with one or more substituents other than hydrogen, provided that the designated atom’s normal valence is not exceeded.
  • the one or more substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, acyl, amino, amido, amidino, aryl, azido, carbamoyl, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cyano, guanidino, halo, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxy, hydrazino, imino, oxo, nitro, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonic acid, alkylsulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiol, thione, or
  • impermissible substitution patterns e.g., methyl substituted with 5 fluorines or heteroaryl groups having two adjacent oxygen ring atoms.
  • impermissible substitution patterns are well known to the skilled artisan.
  • the term“substituted” may describe other chemical groups defined herein.
  • the term“substituted aryl” includes, but is not limited to, “alkylaryl.” Unless specified otherwise, where a group is described as optionally substituted, any substituents of the group are themselves unsubstituted.
  • substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more substituents including hydroxyl, halo, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • “substituted cycloalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group having one or more substituents including alkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, halo, hydroxyl;“substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group having one or more substituents including halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, and cyano, and“substituted sulfonyl” refers to a group -S(O) 2 R, in which R is substituted with one or more substituents of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the one or more substituents may be further substituted with halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted.
  • the substituents may be further substituted with halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkyl C 6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a , -C(O)OR b , -
  • heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 102 ;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, acyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl and C 1-6 alkyl sulfonyl;
  • each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a ,
  • each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 103 ; each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)R a ,
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R 200 ; each R 100 , R 101 , R 102 , and R 103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)R c , -C(O)OR c , -C(O)NR c R d , -
  • each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 201 ; each R c and R d is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; each R 200 and R 201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)R e , -C(O)OR e , -C(O)NR e R f , -N(R e )C(O)R f , -
  • each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • X 1 is N or C; each X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 is independently selected from S, O, CR 10 and NR 11 ; wherein each R 10 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy,
  • each R 13 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -
  • cycloalkyl C 6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
  • each R a and R b is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R 200 ; each R 200 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo,
  • each R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • R e and R f is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl and C 2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 13 are as defined above;
  • n, s, m, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • compounds of Formula IF provided are compounds of Formula IF:
  • n, s, m, t, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • compounds of Formula IG are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, t, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • compounds of Formula (IL) or (IM) are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • n, s, m, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 7 are as defined above;
  • t is 1 or 2;
  • each R 13 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo,
  • alkynyl C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
  • t 1 for compounds having only one atom available for substitution.
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 1 is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 2 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-6 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl and 4- 6 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 101 ; or a
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof is provided.
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 2 is selected from hydrogen, amino, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxetanyl, and cyclopropyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof in certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R 5 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 1 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 2 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
  • a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM wherein R 5 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
  • a compound selected from Table B or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof:
  • the present application provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, isomers, tautomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, racemates, atropisomers, polymorphs, prodrugs, or a mixture thereof, of the compounds described herein.
  • the terms“a compound of the present application,”“a compound described herein,”“a compound of any of the formulae described herein,” or variant thereof refer to a compound having the structure of any of the formulae, I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL and IM.).
  • compounds of the present application are Compounds 1-363 as described herein.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” or“physiologically acceptable” refer to compounds, salts, compositions, dosage forms and other materials which are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for veterinary or human pharmaceutical use.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” or“physiologically acceptable salts” refer to salts of pharmaceutical compounds that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the underlying compound, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. There are acid addition salts and base addition salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Acids and bases useful for reaction with an underlying compound to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts (acid addition or base addition salts respectively) are known to one of skill in the art.
  • an addition salt particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, may be produced by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with an acid, in accordance with conventional procedures for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds.
  • Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene- sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • Salts derived from mineral acids include, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, phosphate, and sulfate.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases.
  • Salts derived from inorganic bases include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (alkyl)), dialkyl amines (i.e., HN(alkyl) 2 ), trialkyl amines (i.e., N(alkyl) 3 ), substituted alkyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (substituted alkyl)), di(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkyl) 2 ), tri(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkyl) 3 ), alkenyl amines (i.e., NH 2 (alkenyl)), dialken
  • Suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(iso-propyl) amine, tri(n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, and the like.
  • isomers refers to compounds that have the same molecular formula. As used herein, the term isomers include double bond isomers, racemates, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, and atropisomers.
  • Single isomers such as enantiomers or diastereomers, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of a mixture of isomers.
  • Resolution of a mixture of isomers e.g. racemates
  • a mixture of isomers maybe accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column.
  • “Double bond isomers” refer to Z- and E- forms (or cis- and trans- forms) of the compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • Atropisomers refers to conformational stereoisomers which occur when rotation about a single bond in the molecule is prevented, or greatly hindered, as a result of steric interactions with other parts of the molecule and the substituents at both ends of the single bond are asymmetrical, i.e., they do not require a stereocenter. Where the rotational barrier about the single bond is high enough, and interconversion between conformations is slow enough, separation and isolation of the isomeric species may be permitted. Atropisomers may be separated by the methods well known in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual atropisomers as well as mixtures.
  • the atropisomers may be represented by the same chemical name with different atropisomer designations.
  • the below structures are atropisomers of compound 230 (4-(1-(5,8- difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(oxazol-2-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine).
  • Compound-356 Compound-357 Compounds of the invention are named using Chembiodraw Ultra (version 14). “Racemates” refers to a mixture of enantiomers. “Stereoisomers” or“stereoisomeric forms” refer to compounds that differ in the chirality of one or more stereocenters. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. The compounds may exist in stereoisomeric form if they possess one or more asymmetric centers or a double bond with asymmetric substitution and, therefore, can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual stereoisomers as well as mixtures.
  • “Tautomers” or“tautomeric forms” refer to alternate forms of a compound that differ in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or heteroaryls such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.
  • A“solvate” is formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound. Solvates of salts of the compounds of any of the formulae described herein are also provided.
  • A“prodrug” is defined in the pharmaceutical field as a biologically inactive derivative of a drug that upon administration to the human body is converted to the biologically active parent drug according to some chemical or enzymatic pathway.
  • a prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog or latent form of a therapeutically active compound.
  • Non-limiting examples of prodrugs include ester moieties, quaternary ammonium moieties, glycol moieties, and the like.
  • the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an (S)-enantiomer.
  • the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an (R)-enantiomer. In any one of the foregoing embodiments, the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an atropisomer.
  • the application also provides a composition containing a mixture of enantiomers of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the mixture is a racemic mixture. In other embodiments, the composition comprises the (S)- enantiomer of a compound in excess of the corresponding (R)-enantiomer of the compound. In some embodiments, the composition contains the (S)-enantiomer of the compound and is substantially free of its corresponding (R)-enantiomer.
  • a composition substantially free of the (R)-enantiomer has less than or about 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.05%, or 0.01% of the (R)- enantiomer.
  • the composition containing the (S)-enantiomer of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof predominates over its corresponding (R)-enantiomer by a molar ratio of at least or about 9:1, at least or about 19:1, at least or about 40:1, at least or about 80:1, at least or about 160:1, or at least or about 320:1.
  • composition containing a compound according to any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also contain the compound in enantiomeric excess (e.e.).
  • a compound with 95% (S)- isomer and 5% (R)-isomer will have an e.e. of 90%.
  • the compound has an e.e. of at least or about 60%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%.
  • the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an atropisomer.
  • Another embodiment provides the composition containing a mixture of atropisomers of the compound or a
  • a compound with 95% of one atropisomer and 5% of the other atropisomers By way of example, a compound with 95% of one atropisomer and 5% of the other atropisomers. In some embodiments, a compound with about 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10% of one atropisomer and 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90%, respectively, of the other atropisomers.
  • the application also provides the free base forms of the compounds described herein.
  • provided herein are the enantiomers, (R) or (S), of the compounds of the formulae described herein.
  • provided herein are the atropisomers of the compounds of the formulae described herein.
  • compositions comprising the compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof.
  • the composition may include racemic mixtures, mixtures containing an enantiomeric excess of one enantiomer or single diastereomers or diastereomeric mixtures. All such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included herein, the same as if each and every isomeric form were specifically and individually listed.
  • provided herein are also polymorphs, such as crystalline and amorphous forms, of the compounds described herein.
  • chelates are also chelates, non-covalent complexes, and mixtures thereof, of the compounds of the formula described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, or solvates thereof.
  • A“chelate” is formed by the coordination of a compound to a metal ion at two (or more) points.
  • A“non-covalent complex” is formed by the interaction of a compound and another molecule wherein a covalent bond is not formed between the compound and the molecule. For example, complexation can occur through van der Waals interactions, hydrogen bonding, and electrostatic interactions (also called ionic bonding).
  • chelates non-covalent complexes, and mixtures thereof, of the compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, prodrug, or deuterated analog thereof.
  • A“chelate” is formed by the coordination of a compound to a metal ion at two (or more) points.
  • A“non-covalent complex” is formed by the interaction of a compound and another molecule wherein a covalent bond is not formed between the compound and the molecule. For example, complexation can occur through van der Waals interactions, hydrogen bonding, and electrostatic interactions (also called ionic bonding).
  • amide containing compounds may exist in equilibrium with imidic acid tautomers. Regardless of which tautomer is shown, and regardless of the nature of the equilibrium among tautomers, the compounds are understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to comprise both amide and imidic acid tautomers. Thus, the amide containing compounds are understood to include their imidic acid tautomers. Likewise, the imidic acid containing compounds are understood to include their amide tautomers. Any formula or structure given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. Isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted by the formulas given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2 H (deuterium, D), 3 H (tritium), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I.
  • isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H, 13 C and 14 C are incorporated.
  • Such isotopically labeled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • the disclosure also includes“deuterated analogs” of compounds of Formula I in which from 1 to n hydrogens attached to a carbon atom is/are replaced by deuterium, in which n is the number of hydrogens in the molecule.
  • Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound of Formula I when administered to a mammal, particularly a human.
  • Deuterium labeled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and/or an improvement in therapeutic index.
  • DMPK drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics
  • An 18 F labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT studies.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in the compound of Formula I. The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this disclosure any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium.
  • Therapeutic Uses of the Compounds The compounds of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof may be used for the treatment of diseases and/or conditions mediated by PI3K isoforms. In addition, the application provides the compounds for use in therapy. Also, provided herein are methods for inhibiting one or more PI3K isoforms.
  • the application further provides methods for use in such methods.
  • the PI3K isoforms may be selectively or specifically inhibited. Additionally, the compounds may be used to inhibit PI3K activity
  • the compounds according to the present application may be used in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • the therapeutic agents may be in the forms of compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, or polynucleotides.
  • the therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti- proliferation agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a therapeutic antibody, or any combination thereof.
  • the application provides a product comprising a compound described herein and an additional therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy, e.g.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used in combination with compounds that inhibit or modulate the activities of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases (PARP), such as PARP-1, PARP-2, PARP-3 and Vault-PARP; Tankyrases (TANKs), such as, TANK-1, TANK-2 and TANK-3; matrix metalloproteinases such as MMP-2 and MMP-9; and the androgen receptor.
  • PARP poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases
  • TANKs poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases
  • TANKs matrix metalloproteinases
  • MMP-2 and MMP-9 matrix metalloproteinases
  • Therapeutic agents that can be used in combination with compounds of the invention include enzalutamide, abiraterone, abiraterone acetate, apalutamide, galeterone, olaparib, niraparib, veliparib, rucaparib, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, ketonazole, orteronel, finasteride, dutasteride, bexlosteride, izonsteride, turosteride, episteride, dexamethasone, prednisone, leuprolide, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, estrogen, cyproterone acetate, spironolactone, flutamide, hydroxyflutamide, docetaxel, cabazitaxel, sipuleucel-T, ODM-201, VT-464, EPI-506, and combinations thereof.
  • the therapeutic agents may be those that inhibit or modulate the activities of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase, spleen tyrosine kinase, apoptosis signal-regulating kinase, Janus kinase, lysyl oxidase, lysyl oxidase-like proteins, matrix metallopeptidase, bromodomain-containing protein, adenosine A2B receptor, isocitrate dehydrogenase, serine/threonine kinase TPL2, discoidin domain receptor, serine/threonine-protein kinases, IKK, MEK, EGFR, histone deacetylase, protein kinase C, or any combination thereof.
  • the therapeutic agent may be selected from a PI3K (including PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ , and/or pan-PI3K) inhibitor, a JAK (Janus kinase, including JAK1, JAK2, and/or JAK3) inhibitor, a SYK (spleen tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, a BTK (Bruton’s tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, an A2B (adenosine A2B receptor) inhibitor, an ACK (activated CDC kinase, including ACK1) inhibitor, an ASK (apoptosis signal-regulating kinase, including ASK1) inhibitor, Aurora kinase, a BRD
  • CLL/lymphoma including Bcl-1 and/or Bcl-2) inhibitor, a CAK (CDK-activating kinase) inhibitor, a CaMK (calmodulin-dependent protein kinases) inhibitor, a CDK (cyclin-dependent kinases, including CDK1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 6) inhibitor, a CK (casein kinase, including CK1 and/or CK2) inhibitor, a DDR (discoidin domain receptor, including DDR1 and/or DDR2) inhibitor, a EGFR inhibitor, a FXR (farnesoid x receptor) inhibitor, a FAK (focal adhesion kinase) inhibitor, a GSK (glycogen synthase kinase) inhibitor, a HDAC (histone deacetylase) inhibitor, an IDO (indoleamine 2,3- dioxygenase) inhibitor, an IDH (isocitrate dehydrogenase, including IDH
  • the JAK inhibitor is N-(cyanomethyl)-4-[2-(4- morpholinoanilino)pyrimidin-4-yl]benzamide as named by ChemDraw (may also be referred to as CYT0387 or momelotinib) and may be synthesized by the methods described in U.S. Patent No.8,486,941.
  • the SyK inhibitor is 6- (1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-(4-morpholinophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-amine as named by ChemDraw (may also be referred to as 6-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-[4-(morpholin-4- yl)phenyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-amine) and may be synthesized by the methods described in U.S. Patent No.8,450,321.
  • the BTK inhibitor is (S)- 6-amino-9-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-7H-purin-8(9H)-one as named by ChemDraw (may also be 6-amino-9-[(3R)-1-(2-butynoyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]-7- (4-phenoxyphenyl)-7,9-dihydro-8H -purin-8-one) and may be synthesized by the methods in U.S. Pat. No.8,557,803.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents may be categorized by their mechanism of action into, for example, the following groups: anti-metabolites/anti-cancer agents, such as pyrimidine analogs (floxuridine, capecitabine, and cytarabine); purine analogs, folate antagonists and related inhibitors, antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloid (vinblastine, vincristine) and microtubule such as taxane (paclitaxel, docetaxel), vinblastin, nocodazole, epothilones and navelbine,
  • epidipodophyllotoxins etoposide, teniposide
  • DNA damaging agents actinomycin, amsacrine, busulfan, carboplatin, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, Cytoxan, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, iphosphamide, melphalan, merchlorehtamine, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, nitrosourea, procarbazine, taxol, taxotere, teniposide, etoposide, triethylenethiophosphoramide); antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin, doxorubicin (adriamycin), idarubicin, anthracyclines, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin; enzyme
  • antiproliferative/ antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards
  • cyclophosphamide and analogs melphalan, chlorambucil), and (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl nitrosoureas (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes- dacarbazinine (DTIC); antiproliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as folic acid analogs (methotrexate); platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, oxiloplatinim, carboplatin), procarbazine, hydroxyurea, mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones, hormone analogs (estrogen, tamoxifen, goserelin, bicalutamide, nilutamide) and aromatase inhibitors (letrozole, anastrozole); anticoagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin); fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokin
  • chemotherapeutic agent or “chemotherapeutic” (or “chemotherapy,” in the case of treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent) is meant to encompass any non-proteinaceous (i.e, non-peptidic) chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; emylerumines and memylamelamines including alfretamine, triemylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and trimemylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (articularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocar
  • dynemicin including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromomophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carrninomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo- L-norleucine, doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino- doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, es
  • aldophosphamide glycoside aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; hestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elformthine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; leucovorin; lonidamine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; fluoropyrimidine; folinic acid; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK®; razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran;
  • mitolactol pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside ("Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiopeta; taxoids, e.g., paclitaxel (TAXOL®and docetaxel (TAXOTERE®); chlorambucil;
  • gemcitabine (Gemzar®); 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitroxantrone; vancristine; vinorelbine (Navelbine®); novantrone; teniposide;
  • edatrexate daunomycin; aminopterin; xeoloda; ibandronate; CPT-11; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine; FOLFIRI (fluorouracil, leucovorin, and irinotecan) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • chemotherapeutic agent are used or included in the present application.
  • chemotherapeutic agent anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors
  • anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators SERMs
  • SERMs selective estrogen receptor modulators
  • tamoxifen including Nolvadex TM
  • raloxifene including Nolvadex TM
  • droloxifene 4-hydroxytamoxifen
  • trioxifene keoxifene
  • LY117018 4-hydroxytamoxifen
  • toremifene Fareston®
  • inhibitors of the enzyme aromatase which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, megestrol acetate (Megace®), exemestane, formestane, fadrozole, vorozole (Rivisor®), letrozole (Femara®), and anastrozole (Arimidex®)
  • anti-androgens such as flu
  • the anti-angiogenic agents include, but are not limited to, retinoid acid and derivatives thereof, 2-methoxyestradiol, ANGIOSTATIN®, ENDOSTATIN®, suramin, squalamine, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, tissue inhibitor of metalloproternase- 2, plasminogen activator inhibitor-1, plasminogen activator inbibitor-2, cartilage-derived inhibitor, paclitaxel (nab-paclitaxel), platelet factor 4, protamine sulphate (clupeine), sulphated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), sulphated polysaccharide peptidoglycan complex (sp-pg), staurosporine, modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs ((1-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (LACA), cishydroxyproline, d,I-3,4-dehydroproline, thiaproline, .alpha.-
  • anti-angiogenesis agents include antibodies, preferably monoclonal antibodies against these angiogenic growth factors: beta-FGF, alpha-FGF, FGF-5, VEGF isoforms, VEGF-C, HGF/SF and Ang-1/Ang-2. See Ferrara N. and Alitalo, K. "Clinical application of angiogenic growth factors and their inhibitors" (1999) Nature Medicine 5:1359-1364.
  • the anti-fibrotic agents include, but are not limited to, the compounds such as beta-aminoproprionitrile (BAPN), as well as the compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • Exemplary anti-fibrotic agents also include the primary amines reacting with the carbonyl group of the active site of the lysyl oxidases, and more particularly those which produce, after binding with the carbonyl, a product stabilized by resonance, such as the following primary amines: emylenemamine, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, and their derivatives, semicarbazide, and urea derivatives, aminonitriles, such as beta- aminopropionitrile (BAPN), or 2-nitroethylamine, unsaturated or saturated haloamines, such as 2-bromo-ethylamine, 2-chloroethylamine, 2-trifluoroethylamine, 3- bromopropylamine, p-hal
  • the anti- fibrotic agents are copper chelating agents, penetrating or not penetrating the cells.
  • Exemplary compounds include indirect inhibitors such compounds blocking the aldehyde derivatives originating from the oxidative deamination of the lysyl and hydroxylysyl residues by the lysyl oxidases, such as the thiolamines, in particular D- penicillamine, or its analogues such as 2-amino-5-mercapto-5-methylhexanoic acid, D-2- amino-3-methyl-3-((2-acetamidoethyl)dithio)butanoic acid, p-2-amino-3-methyl-3-((2- aminoethyl)dithio)butanoic acid, sodium-4-((p-1-dimethyl-2-amino-2- carboxyethyl)dithio)butane sulphurate, 2-acetamidoethyl-2-acetamidoethane
  • the immunotherapeutic agents include and are not limited to therapeutic antibodies suitable for treating patients; such as abagovomab, adecatumumab, afutuzumab, alemtuzumab, altumomab, amatuximab, anatumomab, arcitumomab, bavituximab, bectumomab, bevacizumab, bivatuzumab, blinatumomab, brentuximab, cantuzumab, catumaxomab, cetuximab, citatuzumab, cixutumumab, clivatuzumab, conatumumab, daratumumab, drozitumab, duligotumab, dusigitumab, detumomab, dacetuzumab, dalotuzumab, ecromeximab, elotuzumab
  • the exemplified therapeutic antibodies may be further labeled or combined with a radioisotope particle, such as indium In 111, yttrium Y 90, iodine I-131.
  • a radioisotope particle such as indium In 111, yttrium Y 90, iodine I-131.
  • the application also provides method for treating a subject who is undergoing one or more standard therapies, such as chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery, or combination thereof. Accordingly, one or more therapeutic agent or inhibitors may be administered before, during, or after administration of chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery or combination thereof. Other examples of chemotherapy treatments (including standard or experimental chemotherapies) are described below.
  • Lymphoma incidence patterns in the United States are profiled in Morton, L.M., et al.“Lymphoma Incidence Patterns by WHO Subtype in the United States, 1992-2001” Blood 2006, 107(1), p.265-276.
  • immunotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, rituximab (such as Rituxan), alemtuzumab (such as Campath, MabCampath), anti-CD19 antibodies, anti-CD20 antibodies, anti-MN-14 antibodies, anti-TRAIL, Anti-TRAIL DR4 and DR5 antibodies, anti-CD74 antibodies, apolizumab, bevacizumab, CHIR-12.12, epratuzumab (hLL2- anti-CD22 humanized antibody), galiximab, ha20, ibritumomab tiuxetan, lumiliximab, milatuzumab, ofatumumab, PRO131921, SGN-40, WT-1 analog peptide vaccine, WT1126-134 peptide vaccine, tositumomab, autologous human tumor- derived HSPPC-96, and veltuzumab.
  • rituximab such as Rituxan
  • Additional immunotherapy agents includes using cancer vaccines based upon the genetic makeup of an individual patient’s tumor, such as lymphoma vaccine example is GTOP-99 (MyVax ® ).
  • chemotherapy agents include aldesleukin, alvocidib, antineoplaston AS2-1, antineoplaston A10, anti-thymocyte globulin, amifostine trihydrate,
  • Adriblastine Adriblastine
  • doxorubicin hydrochloride enzastaurin
  • epoetin alfa etoposide
  • Everolimus RAD001
  • fenretinide filgrastim
  • melphalan mesna
  • Flavopiridol Fludarabine (Fludara), Geldanamycin (17-AAG), ifosfamide, irinotecan hydrochloride, ixabepilone, Lenalidomide (Revlimid ® , CC-5013), lymphokine-activated killer cells, melphalan, methotrexate, mitoxantrone hydrochloride, motexafin gadolinium, mycophenolate mofetil, nelarabine, oblimersen (Genasense) Obatoclax (GX15-070), oblimersen, octreotide acetate, omega-3 fatty acids, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, PD0332991, PEGylated liposomal doxorubicin hydrochloride, pegfilgrastim, Pentstatin (Nipent), perifosine, Prednisolone, Prednisone, R-roscovi
  • cyclophosphamide hyperfractionated cyclophosphamide, vincristine, doxorubicin, dexamethasone, methotrexate, cytarabine
  • ICE iphosphamide, carboplatin and etoposide
  • MCP mitoxantrone, chlorambucil, and prednisolone
  • R-CHOP rituximab plus CHOP
  • R- CVP rituximab plus CVP
  • R-FCM rituximab plus FCM
  • R-ICE rituximab-ICE
  • R-MCP R-MCP
  • the therapeutic treatments can be supplemented or combined with any of the abovementioned therapies with stem cell transplantation or treatment.
  • One example of modified approach is radioimmunotherapy, wherein a monoclonal antibody is combined with a radioisotope particle, such as indium In 111, yttrium Y 90, i
  • combination therapies include, but are not limited to, Iodine-131 tositumomab (Bexxar ® ), Yttrium-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin ® ), Bexxar ® with CHOP.
  • Other therapeutic procedures include peripheral blood stem cell transplantation, autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, autologous bone marrow
  • the methods include administering a compound of the formula described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, in a therapeutically effective amount to a human in need thereof.
  • the method can be employed to treat a patient who has or is believed to have a disease or condition whose symptoms or pathology is mediated by expression or activity of PI3K ⁇ .
  • the patient may be a mammal or a human.
  • the patient may be a human.
  • “Treatment” or“treating” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including clinical results.
  • Beneficial or desired clinical results may include one or more of the following: a) inhibiting the disease or condition (e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition); b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more clinical symptoms associated with the disease or condition (e.g., stabilizing the disease or condition, preventing or delaying the worsening or progression of the disease or condition, and/or preventing or delaying the spread (e.g., metastasis) of the disease or condition); and/or c) relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms (e.g., ameliorating the disease state, providing partial or total remission of the disease or condition, enhancing the effect of another medication, delaying the progression of the disease, increasing the quality of life, and/or prolonging survival.
  • a) inhibiting the disease or condition e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition
  • Prevention or“preventing” means any treatment of a disease or condition that causes the clinical symptoms of the disease or condition not to develop.
  • Compounds may, in some embodiments, be administered to a subject (including a human) who is at risk or has a family history of the disease or condition.
  • Subject or“patient” refer to an animal, such as a mammal (including a human), that has been or will be the object of treatment, observation or experiment. The methods described herein may be useful in human therapy and/or veterinary applications. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal.
  • the subject is a human.“Human in need thereof” refers to a human who may have or is suspect to have diseases, or disorders, or conditions that would benefit from certain treatment; for example, being treated with the PI3K inhibitor of the compounds according to the present application.
  • the subject may be a human who (i) has not received any treatment including chemotherapy treatment, (ii) is substantially refractory to at least one chemotherapy treatment, (iii) is in relapse after treatment with
  • the subject is refractory to at least one, at least two, at least three, or at least four chemotherapy treatments
  • a therapeutically effective amount or“effective amount” of a compound of the present application or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomers, prodrug, or solvate thereof, mean an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a subject, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as amelioration of symptoms or slowing of disease progression.
  • a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount sufficient to decrease a symptom of a disease or condition responsive to inhibition of PI3K ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ activity.
  • the therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on the subject, and disease or condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease or condition, and the manner of administering, which can readily be determined by one or ordinary skill in the art.
  • the compounds described herein have the selectivity or selective inhibition to certain PI3K isoforms.
  • the compounds have selectivity to PI3K ⁇ .
  • the selectivity to PI3K isoforms may be determined by measuring the compound’s activity in inhibiting certain PI3K isoforms using the assay described in the example below or the methods commonly used. It is understood that the conditions (e.g. the reagent concentration or the incubation temperature) may be varied and the results of the assay may vary. In some instances, the value may vary within a range of one to three-fold.
  • the term“inhibition” indicates a decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • inhibitors of activity of PI3K isoforms refer to a decrease in activity in any PI3K isoform (e.g., alpha, beta, gamma, or delta) as a direct or indirect response to the presence of a compound of any of the formula described herein relative to the activity of PI3K isoform in the absence of such compound.
  • “Inhibition of PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ activities” or variants thereof refer to a decrease in PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ activities as a direct or indirect response to the presence of the compounds described herein, relative to the activities of PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ in the absence of such compound.
  • the inhibition of PI3K isoform activities may be compared in the same subject prior to treatment, or other subjects not receiving the treatment.
  • the decrease in the activity of PI3K may be due to the direct interaction of the compound with PI3K, or due to the interaction of the compounds described herein with one or more other factors that affect PI3K activity.
  • the presence of the compounds may decrease the activities of PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ by directly binding to PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ , by causing (directly or indirectly) another factor to decrease PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ activities, or by (directly or indirectly) decreasing the amount of PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ present in the cell or organism.
  • the term“PI3K inhibitor” or variant thereof refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of PI3K.
  • the term“PI3K isoform selective inhibitor” or variant thereof refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of one or more PI3K isoforms more effectively than the other remaining PI3K isoforms.
  • PI3K ⁇ selective inhibitor generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of the PI3K ⁇ isoform more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family
  • PI3K ⁇ selective inhibitor generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of the PI3K ⁇ isoform more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family
  • dual PI3K ⁇ / ⁇ selective inhibitor generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of both PI3K ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ isoforms more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family (e.g., PI3K ⁇ or ⁇ ).
  • the relative efficacies of compounds as inhibitors of an enzyme activity can be established by determining the concentrations at which each compound inhibits the activity to a predefined extent and then comparing the results.
  • the efficacy of a compound as an inhibitor of one or more PI3K isoforms can be measured by the compound concentration that inhibits 50% of the activity in a biochemical assay, i.e., the 50% inhibitory concentration or“IC 50 ”.
  • the determination of IC 50 values can be accomplished using conventional techniques known in the art, including the techniques described in the Examples below. In general, an IC 50 can be determined by measuring the activity of a given enzyme in the presence of a range of concentrations of the compound under the study.
  • the experimentally obtained values of enzyme activity may then be plotted against the compound concentrations used.
  • concentration of the inhibitor that shows 50% enzyme activity is taken as the IC 50 value.
  • other inhibitory concentrations can be defined through appropriate determinations of activity. For example, in some settings it may be desirable to establish a 90% inhibitory concentration, i.e., IC 90 .
  • a PI3K ⁇ selective inhibitor is a compound that exhibits a 50% inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) with respect to PI3K ⁇ that is at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 200- fold, or at least 500-fold lower than the IC 50 with respect to either PI3K ⁇ or PI3K ⁇ or both PI3K ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ .
  • IC 50 inhibitory concentration
  • a PI3K ⁇ / ⁇ selective inhibitor is a compound that exhibits a 50% inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) with respect to PI3K ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ that is at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 75-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 200-fold, and at least 500-fold lower than the IC 50 with respect to either PI3K ⁇ or PI3K ⁇ .
  • the dual PI3K ⁇ / ⁇ selective inhibitor may have the same or similar IC 50 to both PI3K ⁇ and PI3K ⁇ or may have different IC 50 to either PI3K ⁇ or PI3K ⁇ .
  • the term“potency,”“potent,” or variants thereof refer to the compound exhibiting an IC 50 value that is less than 100 nM. When comparing two compounds, the compound that exhibits a lower IC 50 value is referred to as a more potent inhibitor.
  • the compounds of the present application exhibit unexpected selectivity to PI3K ⁇ . As shown in the example, certain compounds in Table 1 exhibit low IC 50 values (e.g.1 to 100 nM) against PI3K ⁇ . Certain compounds in Table 1a also exhibited such selectivity to PI3K isoforms.
  • ex vivo cell populations include in vitro cell cultures and biological samples including fluid or tissue samples obtained from individuals. Such samples may be obtained by methods well known in the art. Exemplary biological fluid samples include blood, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, and saliva. Exemplary tissue samples include tumors and biopsies thereof. In this context, the compounds may be used for a variety of purposes, including therapeutic and
  • PI3K ⁇ is generally mis-regulated in certain cancer cells. Aberrant proliferation of cells often interferes with normal tissue function, which may result in abnormal cellular response such as immunity, inflammation, and/or apoptosis.
  • the selective inhibitors to PI3K ⁇ are useful in treating, inhibiting, or preventing aberrant proliferation of cancerous and/or hematopoietic cells and ameliorating the symptoms and secondary conditions.
  • the compounds described herein may be used to treat subjects having various disease states, disorders, and conditions (also collectively referred to as“indications”) associated with PI3K isoforms or their activities.
  • the terms“diseases,” “disorders,”“conditions” are used interchangeably.
  • Such indications may include, for example, cancer, including hematologic malignancies (e.g. leukemias and lymphomas, myeloproliferative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell neoplasms) and solid tumors, inflammation, fibrosis, allergic conditions (including hypersensitivity), cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, renal disorders, viral infections, obesity, and autoimmune diseases.
  • the compounds described herein may be used to treat cancers that are mediated by, dependent on, or associated with PI3K activity.
  • the disease or condition is an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, or a cancer.
  • the disease or condition is chosen from rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, systemic lupus
  • the disease is a solid tumor.
  • the solid tumor includes but is not limited to prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers (e.g., neuroblastoma), brain tumors (e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma), bone cancer, or soft tissue sarcoma.
  • CNS cancers e.g., neuroblastoma
  • brain tumors e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma
  • bone cancer or soft tissue
  • the solid tumor is non-small cell lung cancer, small-cell lung cancer, colon cancer, CNS cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, or breast cancer.
  • the present application also provides a method for treating a human in need thereof, who has or is suspected of having a disease or condition responsive or believed to be responsive to the inhibition PI3K ⁇ activity by administering to the subject a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, atropisomer, tautomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof.
  • the application provides a method of inhibiting kinase activity of a PI3K ⁇ polypeptides by contacting the polypeptides with a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof.
  • the application provides a method of decreasing cell viability, increasing cell death or apoptosis, increasing interference with PI3K signaling pathways (including AKT, S6RP, ERK phosphorylation), and/or reduction in chemokine production with an effective amount of a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof.
  • the application further provides a method of disrupting leukocyte function comprising contacting the leukocytes with an effective amount of a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof, in a human in need thereof.
  • a method of inhibiting growth or proliferation of cancer cells comprising contacting the cancer cells with an effective amount of a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof.
  • Kits Provided herein are also kits that include a compound of the formulae of the present application or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and suitable packaging.
  • kits further includes instructions for use.
  • a kit includes a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and a label and/or instructions for use of the compounds in the treatment of the indications, including the diseases or conditions, described herein.
  • articles of manufacture that include a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, in a suitable container.
  • the container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, and intravenous bag.
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions and Modes of Administration Compounds provided herein are usually administered in the form of
  • compositions that contain one or more of the compounds of any of the formulae disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomers, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles selected from carriers, adjuvants and excipients.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles may include, for example, inert solid diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants.
  • Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Co., Philadelphia, Pa.17th Ed.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by various methods including, for example, rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by intra- arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, or as an inhalant.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered orally.
  • One mode for administration is parenteral, for example, by injection.
  • Oral administration may be another route for administration of the compounds described herein. Administration may be via, for example, capsule or enteric coated tablets.
  • the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of tablets.
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or“pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
  • Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
  • suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose.
  • the formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
  • compositions that include at least one compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the subject by employing procedures known in the art.
  • Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug- polymer matrix formulations. Examples of controlled release systems are given in U.S. Patent Nos.3,845,770; 4,326,525; 4,902,514; and 5,616,345.
  • Another formulation for use in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices (“patches”).
  • transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds described herein in controlled amounts.
  • the construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos.5,023,252, 4,992,445 and 5,001,139.
  • Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
  • the principal active ingredient may be mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of any of the above formulae or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or solvate thereof.
  • the active ingredient may be dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • the tablets or pills of the compounds described herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach.
  • the tablet or pill can include an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • compositions for inhalation or insufflation may include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
  • the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable
  • compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
  • compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
  • a dosage may be expressed as a number of milligrams of a compound of the formula per kilogram of the subject’s body weight (mg/kg). Dosages of between about 0.01 and 200 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, about 0.01 and 150 mg/kg may be appropriate. In other embodiments a dosage of between 0.05 and 100 mg/kg may be appropriate.
  • Normalizing according to the subject’s body weight is particularly useful when adjusting dosages between subjects of widely disparate size, such as occurs when using the drug in both children and adult humans or when converting an effective dosage in a non-human subject such as dog to a dosage suitable for a human subject.
  • the daily dosage may also be described as a total amount of a compound of the formulae administered per dose or per day.
  • Daily dosage of a compound may be between about 1 mg and 2,000 mg, between about 1,000 to 2,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 1,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 500 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 1 to 100 mg/day, between about between about 1 to 50 mg/day, between about 50 to 100 mg/day, between about 100 to 125 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 100 to 175 mg/day, between about 100 to 200 mg/day, between about 100 to 225 mg/day, between about 100 to 250 mg/day, between about 100 to 350 mg/day, between about 100 to 400 mg/day, between about 100 to 450 mg/day, or between about 100 to 500 mg/day.
  • the total daily dosage for a human subject may be between 1 mg and 1,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 100 mg/day, between about 1 to 50 mg/day, between about 50 to 100 mg/day, between 50 to 300 mg/day, between 50 to 200 mg/day, between 75 to 200 mg/day, between 75 to 150 mg/day, between 100 to 200 mg/day, between about 200 to 300 mg/day, between about 300 to 400 mg/day, between about 400 to 500 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 150 to 200 mg/day, between about 200 to 250 mg/day, between about 75 to 150 mg/day, or between about 150 to 300 mg/day.
  • the compounds of the present application or the compositions thereof may be administered once, twice, three, or four times daily, using any suitable mode described above. Also, administration or treatment with the compounds according to any of the formulae described herein may be continued for a number of days; for example, commonly treatment would continue for at least 7 days, 14 days, or 28 days, for one cycle of treatment. In some treatment, the compound or the composition thereof is administered continuously, i.e. every day. Treatment cycles are well known in cancer chemotherapy, and are frequently alternated with resting periods of about 1 to 28 days, commonly about 7 days or about 14 days, between cycles. The treatment cycles, in other embodiments, may also be continuous.
  • the method comprises administering to the subject an initial daily dose of about 1 to 500 mg of a compound of the above formula and increasing the dose by increments until clinical efficacy is achieved. Increments of about 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 75, or 100 mg can be used to increase the dose. The dosage can be increased daily, every other day, twice per week, or once per week.
  • reagents may be purchased commercially, e.g., from Sigma Aldrich or other chemical suppliers.
  • compounds described herein are typically stable and isolatable at room temperature and pressure.
  • General Synthesis Typical embodiments of compounds described herein may be synthesized using the general reaction schemes described below. It will be apparent given the description herein that the general schemes may be altered by substitution of the starting materials with other materials having similar structures to result in products that are
  • the necessary starting materials generally may be determined by inspection. Starting materials are typically obtained from commercial sources or synthesized using published methods. For synthesizing compounds which are embodiments described in the present disclosure, inspection of the structure of the compound to be synthesized will provide the identity of each substituent group. The identity of the final product will generally render apparent the identity of the necessary starting materials by a simple process of inspection, given the examples herein.
  • solvent refers to a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith (including, for example, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), chloroform, methylene chloride (or dichloromethane), diethyl ether, methanol, and the like).
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • chloroform chloroform
  • methylene chloride or dichloromethane
  • diethyl ether methanol, and the like.
  • solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert organic solvents, and the reactions are carried out under an inert gas, preferably nitrogen or argon.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared using the method similar to the Reaction Scheme I shown below:
  • the reaction can be carried out between 30°C and 120°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • a base such as cesium carbonate or potassium carbonate
  • a solvent such as DMF or DMSO.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and the material may be purified by known methods such as chromatography, precipitation, or crystallization.
  • Step 2-Preparation of a compound of formula 2 The compounds of formula 2 can be made by treating the nitroaniline with the appropriate aldehyde and a reducing agent, such as sodium dithionite in a solvent to assure dissolution of the nitro containing compound. The reaction is carried out between 30°C and 120°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete and partitioned between water and an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or methylene chloride. The organic phase was separated and the solvent removed to leave a residue, which may be purified by known methods such as chromatography, precipitation or crystallization.
  • a reducing agent such as sodium dithionite
  • the compounds of formula 2 may also be made in two steps by first reducing the compound of formula 1 by standard methods, with appropriate reagents such as tin chloride, ferric chloride, or hydrogen and a palladium or platinum catalyst. The resulting ortho dianiline can be cyclized with the appropriate ortho ester to give the benzimidazole, 2.
  • Step 3-Preparation of a compound of formula 3 The compounds of formula 3 may be prepared by deesterifying a compound of formula 2, in which Y is CO 2 Me by standard methods. A compound of formula 2 is dissolved or slurried in a solvent such as THF or dioxane and LiOH may be added either as a solution in water or with some water. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete and acidified with an acid such as HCl. The solvent is removed in vacuo to give a compound of formula 3.
  • t-butyl esters (Y is CO 2 t-butyl) can be converted to the corresponding acid by treatment with an acid, such as TFA or aqueous HCl, in a solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • the reaction is carried out between 0°C and 60°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete at which time the solvent is removed in vacuo.
  • Step 4-Preparation of a compound of formula 4 The compound of formula 4 may be prepared by amidation of a compound of formula 3 by standard coupling conditions.
  • the acid, 3, may be reacted with ammonium chloride in the presence of HOBT or HATU, a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or methylmorpholine, and diethyldiazodicarboxylate or N1- ((ethylimino)methylene)-N3,N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine hydrochloride in a solvent such as DMF.
  • the reaction is carried out at ambient temperature for between 12 and 96 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • the amide may precipitate with the addition of water or can be isolated by standard extractive methods.
  • Step 5-Preparation of a compound of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may be prepared from a compound of formula 4 by first reacting a compound of formula 4 with the appropriate reagent such as 1,1-dimethoxy- N,N-dimethylethanamine to prepare methyltriazoles or 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N- dimethylmethanamine to make unsubstituted triazoles between 80°C and 150°C for between 0.5 and 5 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • Alternatively substituted triazoles may be prepared by using alternative reagents.
  • the solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in acetic acid and hydrazine hydrate and stirred for between 80°C and 150°C for between 0.5 and 5 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by standard methods. If protecting groups are present on the compound at this point, they may be removed by appropriate methods. For example, trityl or Boc groups may be removed by treatment with an acid, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as methylene chloride. If the compound is a mixture of atropisomers, the isomers may be separated using a chiral chromatography method.
  • a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2 with ammonium chloride and trimethylaluminum in a solvent such as DCE between -20°C and 100°C for between 3 hours and 3 days or until the reaction is complete. Work-up and purification gives the nitrile which can be further reacted with sodium azide and ammonium chloride in a solvent such as DMF between 80°C and 150°C for between 2 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • ethylenediamine in the presence of trimethylaluminum in a solvent such as toluene between 10°C and 150°C for between 1 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete.
  • Step 6-Preparation of a compound of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2, Y is a halogen, preferably bromide, with an appropriately substituted tributylstannyl substituted reagent in the presence of catalysts, such as copper iodide and palladium in a solvent, such as dioxane between 50°C and 150°C for between 12 hours and 7 days, or until the reaction is complete under an inert atmosphere such as Argon.
  • the reaction may be worked up by standard means and purified by standard methods, such as chromatography.
  • a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2, where Y is a halogen, preferably bromide, with an appropriately substituted boronic acid, a MIDA ester of a boronic acid, or pinacol ester of a boronic acid in the presence of cesium fluoride in the presence of catalysts, such as copper iodide and palladium in a solvent, such as dioxane between 50°C and 150°C for between 12 hours and 7 days, or until the reaction is complete under an inert atmosphere such as Argon.
  • the reaction may be worked up by standard means and purified by standard methods, such as chromatography.
  • the product may have had a protecting group and deprotection would proceed by methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • a THP or Boc group would be removed by treatment with an acid such as TFA or aqueous HCl.
  • acetylene containing compound is subsequently reacted with azidotrimethylsilane in the presence of a catalyst such as copper iodide or a solvent such as a mixture of DMF and MeOH between 50°C and 150°C for between 8 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete to give a 1,2,3-triazole after purification by standard means.
  • a catalyst such as copper iodide or a solvent such as a mixture of DMF and MeOH between 50°C and 150°C for between 8 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete to give a 1,2,3-triazole after purification by standard means.
  • Step 8-Preparation of compounds of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may be prepared by methods similar to that described in step 2. Examples Step 1. Methyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate
  • Butyraldehyde (0.9 mL, 10.44 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-((8- chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate (600 mg, 1.36 mmol) and sodium dithionite (833 mg, 4.07 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and DMSO (3 mL). The reagents were stirred at 80°C for 16 hours, after which time the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 5a 4-(2-methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Step 5b 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide.
  • a mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (50 mg, 0.119 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (15 mg, 0.178 mmol) and BrCN (14.5 mg, 0.137 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • Step 5d 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2(3H)-thione
  • 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide.
  • a mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (50 mg, 0.119 mmol) and carbonyl diimidazole (21 mg, 0.131 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h.
  • Step 5g 4-(1-(2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL, 6.53 mmol) was added to 4-(2-methyl-4-(4H-1,2,4- triazol-3-yl)-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (180 mg, 0.25 mmol) in DCM (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5- 95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid).
  • Step 5h 4-(2-methyl-1-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate.
  • Step 5i 5-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine
  • Step 6 4-(4-(5-chloro-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2- methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (71 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added and the reagents were stirred at 90 °C for 16 hours, after which time the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and filtered.
  • Step 6a 4-(1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(oxazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Step 6b 4-(4-(2-chloro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Step 6c 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Step 6d 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-4-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
  • Step 6f 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine as a yellow solid
  • Step 7 8-chloro-N-(5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4- yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine
  • Formaldehyde (0.11 mL, 1.3 mmol) was added to a suspension of 8-chloro-N-(5- morpholino-2-nitro-3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine (150 mg, 0.22 mmol) and sodium thiosulfite (113 mg, 0.65 mmol) in a mixture of EtOH (1 mL) and DMSO (1 mL). The vessel was sealed and heated to 80°C for 18 hours. After cooling, the mixture was poured into EtOAc and washed with water, then aq. NaHCO 3 .
  • the atropisomers of compound 200 were separated on OD- H SFC 5uM 21x250mm column in 30% EtOH/CO2 at 60 mL/min to give the atropisomers of 4-[3-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-7-(1,3-oxazol-2-yl)benzimidazol- 5-yl]morpholine, Compound 340 and Compound 341 .
  • TR-FRET time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • phosphatidylinositide 3-phosphate product resulted in a decrease in TR-FRET signal as the labeled fluorophore was displaced from the GRP-1 protein binding site.
  • Class I PI3K isoforms were expressed and purified as heterodimeric recombinant proteins. All assay reagents and buffers for the TR-FRET assay were purchased from Millipore.
  • PI3K isoforms were assayed under initial rate conditions in the presence of 25 mM Hepes (pH 7.4), and 2 ⁇ Km ATP (75-500 ⁇ M), 2 ⁇ M PIP2, 5% glycerol, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 50 mM NaCl, 0.05% (v/v) Chaps, 1 mM dithiothreitol, and 1% (v/v) DMSO at the following concentrations for each isoform: PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ , and PI3K ⁇ between 25 and 50 pM, and PI3K ⁇ at 2 nM.
  • the compounds were added to the assay solution and incubated for 30 minutes at 25°C. The reactions were terminated with a final concentration of 10 mM EDTA, 10 nM labeled-PIP3, and 35 nM Europium labeled GRP-1 detector protein before reading TR-FRET on an Envision plate reader
  • the compounds of formula (I) were also characterized for their metabolic stability in human hepatocytes by incubating the test articles (TA) in cryopreserved human hepatocytes and monitoring parent drug disappearance via LC/MC.
  • the TA was incubated with 1 million hepatocytes/mL at 2 ⁇ M substrate in duplicate. The incubation was carried out at 37°C with 5% CO 2 and saturating humidity. Samples were taken at 0, 1, 2, and 4 hours to monitor the disappearance of TA and a half-life (t 1/2 ) was determined.
  • Table 1 Table 1

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides the compounds of formula I or IA or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, isomers, tautomer, or a mixture thereof, wherein s, t, m, n, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7are as described herein. The compounds of formula I or IA selectively inhibit the activities of PI3K isoforms and are therefore useful in therapeutic treatments, in particular in the treatment of cancer and inflammatory conditions.

Description

BENZIMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASE INHIBITORS FIELD The present application relates to novel compounds that selectively inhibit the activities of PI3K isoforms and their uses in therapeutic treatments. BACKGROUND Cell signaling via 3’-phosphorylated phosphoinositides has been implicated in a variety of cellular processes, e.g., malignant transformation, growth factor signaling, inflammation, and immunity (Rameh et al., J. Biol. Chem., 274:8347-8350, 1999).
Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI 3-kinase or PI3K) is responsible for generating these phosphorylated signaling products. PI3K was initially identified as a protein associated with viral oncoproteins and growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases that phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (PI) and its phosphorylated derivatives at the 3’-hydroxyl of the inositol ring (Panayotou et al., Trends Cell Biol., 2:358-60, 1992). Three classes of the PI 3-kinase (PI3K) are proposed based on the substrate specificities. Class I PI3Ks phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (PI),
phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate, and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-biphosphate (PIP2) to produce phosphatidylinositol-3-phosphate (PIP), phosphatidylinositol-3,4-biphosphate, and phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-triphosphate, respectively. Also, Class II PI3Ks phosphorylate PI and phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate, and Class III PI3Ks
phosphorylate PI. The initial purification and molecular cloning of PI 3-kinase revealed that it was a heterodimer consisting of p85 and p110 subunits (Otsu et al., Cell, 65:91-104, 1991; Hiles et al., Cell, 70:419-29, 1992). Later, four distinct Class I PI3Ks were identified and designated as PI3K α, β, δ, and γ isoforms. Each isoform consists of a distinct 110 kDa catalytic subunit and a regulatory subunit. The catalytic subunits of PI3K α, β, and δ (i.e., p110α, p110β, and p110δ, respectively) interacts, individually, with the same regulatory subunit p85, whereas the catalytic subunit of PI3K γ (p110γ) interacts with a distinct regulatory subunit p101. Studies have also showed that each PI3K isoform has distinct expression pattern. For example, PIK3CA which encodes PI3Kα is frequently mutated in human cancers (Engelman, Nat. Rev. Cancer, 9: 550-562, 2009). Also, PI3Kδ is generally expressed in hematopoietic cells. Moreover, PI3K isoforms are shown to be associated with proliferation or survival signaling in cancers, inflammatory, or autoimmune diseases. As each PI3K isoform has different biological function, PI3K isoforms are potential targets to treat cancer or disorder (US Patent Nos.6,800,620; 8,435,988; 8,673,906; US Patent Application Publication No. US 2013/0274253). Therefore, there is a need for developing therapeutic agents that inhibit PI3K isoforms to treat diseases, disorders, or conditions that are mediated by PI3K. SUMMARY The present application provides novel compounds that are inhibitors of PI3K isoforms. The application also provides compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, kits that include the compounds, and methods of using and making the compounds. The compounds provided herein are useful in treating diseases, disorders, or conditions that are mediated by PI3K isoforms. The application also provides compounds for use in therapy. The application further provides compounds for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms. Moreover, the application provides uses of the compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms. In typical embodiments, provided are compounds of formula I or IA:
Figure imgf000004_0001
Formula I Formula IA
wherein n is 1, 2, 3 or 4; m is 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 1 or 2; t is 1 or 2; each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORb, -C(O)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(O)Rb, -S(O)NRaRb, -S(O)2NRaRb, -S(O)Ra
, - S(O)2Ra
, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb
, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R100; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORb, - C(O)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(O)Rb, -S(O)NRaRb, -S(O)2NRaRb, -S(O)Ra
, -S(O)2Ra
, - NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb
, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101; R3 is selected from C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R102; R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, acyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl and C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl; each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra,
Figure imgf000006_0002
cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R103; each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra,
Figure imgf000006_0001
R7 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORb, -
Figure imgf000006_0004
wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl is optionally substituted with one to four R102;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200; each R100 , R101 , R102 , and R103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)Rc, -C(O)ORc, -C(O)NRcRd, - d d d d
Figure imgf000006_0003
membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R201; each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; each R200 and R201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)Re, -C(O)ORe, -C(O)NReRf, -N(Re)C(O)Rf, -
Figure imgf000007_0001
alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, the PI3K inhibitors are the compounds selected from Table 1, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In additional embodiments, the compound is an (S)-enantiomer. In other embodiments, the compound is an (R)-enantiomer. In other additional embodiments, the compound is an atropisomer.
The application also provides a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. Examples of a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may be selected from carriers, adjuvants, and excipients.
Further provided herein is a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition in a human in need thereof by administering to the human a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. Further provided is a compound of formula (I) for use in a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms. The application also provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms. In certain embodiments, the disease, disorder, or condition is associated or mediated by PI3K. In some embodiments, the disease, disorder, or condition is an inflammatory disorder. In other embodiments, the disease, disorder, or condition is a cancer.
Also provided herein is a method of inhibiting the activity of a
phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase polypeptide by contacting the polypeptide with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. Further provided is a method of inhibiting excessive or destructive immune reactions, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. Also provided is a method of inhibiting growth or proliferation of cancer cells comprising contacting the cancer cells with an effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. Also provided is a kit that includes a compound of formula (I) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. The kit may further comprise a label and/or instructions for use of the compound in treating a disease, disorder, or condition in a human in need thereof. In some embodiments, the disease, disorder, or condition may be associated or mediated by PI3K activity. Also provided are articles of manufacture that include a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof, and a container. In one embodiment, the container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, or an intravenous bag.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters and the like. Such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present application but is instead provided as exemplary embodiments. As used herein, the following words, phrases and symbols are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise. A dash (“-”) that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -CONH2 is attached through the carbon atom. A dash at the front or end of a chemical group is a matter of convenience;
chemical groups may be depicted with or without one or more dashes without losing their ordinary meaning. A wavy line drawn through a line in a structure indicates a point of attachment of a group. Unless chemically or structurally required, no directionality is indicated or implied by the order in which a chemical group is written or named. The prefix“Cu-v” indicates that the following group has from u to v carbon atoms. For example,“C1-6 alkyl” indicates that the alkyl group has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Reference to“about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. In certain embodiments, the term“about” includes the indicated amount ± 10%. In other embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ± 5%. In certain other embodiments, the term “about” includes the indicated amount ± 1%. Also, to the term“about X” includes description of“X”. Also, the singular forms "a" and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, e.g., reference to "the compound" includes a plurality of such compounds and reference to "the assay" includes reference to one or more assays and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art. “Alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. As used herein, alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-20 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-4 alkyl). Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl. When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named, all geometric isomers having that number of carbons may be encompassed; thus, for example,“butyl” includes n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl;“propyl” includes n- propyl and isopropyl. “Alkenyl” refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-20 alkenyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-8 alkenyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-6 alkenyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-4 alkenyl). Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, butadienyl (including 1,2- butadienyl and 1,3-butadienyl). “Alkynyl” refers to an aliphatic group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-20 alkynyl), 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-8 alkynyl), 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-6 alkynyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-4 alkynyl). The term“alkynyl” also includes those groups having one triple bond and one double bond. “Alkoxy” refers to the group“alkyl-O-”. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy. “Acyl” refers to a group -C(=O)R, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted, as defined herein. Examples of acyl include formyl, acetyl,
cylcohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethyl-carbonyl, and benzoyl. “Amido” refers to both a“C-amido” group which refers to the group - C(═O)NRyRz and an“N-amido” group which refers to the group -NRyC(═O)Rz, wherein Ry and Rz are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, haloalkyl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted. “Amino” refers to the group -NRyRz wherein Ry and Rz are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; each of which may be optionally substituted. “Aryl” refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g.
monocyclic) or multiple rings (e.g. bicyclic or tricyclic) including fused systems. As used herein, aryl has 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C6-20 aryl), 6 to 12 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C6-12 aryl), or 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms (i.e., C6-10 aryl). Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, and anthryl. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl ring, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. “Cyano” or“carbonitrile” refers to the group -CN. “Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. The term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e. the cyclic group having at least one alkenyl). As used herein, cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (i.e., C3-6 cycloalkyl). Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. “Halogen” or“halo” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.“Haloalkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen. For example, where a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached. Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen. Examples of haloalkyl include difluoromethyl (-CHF2) and trifluoromethyl (-CF3). “Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. By way of example, 1, 2 or 3 carbon atoms may be independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic group. Heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, and the like, where R is H, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. Examples of heteroalkyl groups include -OCH3, - CH2OCH3, -SCH3, -CH2SCH3, -NRCH3, and -CH2NRCH3, where R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl, each of which may be optionally substituted. As used herein, heteroalkyl include 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and 1 to 3 heteroatoms, 1 to 2 heteroatoms, or 1 heteroatom. “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings, or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. As used herein, heteroaryl include 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms; and 1 to 5 heteroatoms, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, benzothiazolyl, and pyrazolyl. Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above. “Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The term“heterocycloalkyl” includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e. the
heterocycloalkyl group having at least one alkenyl). A heterocycloalkyl may be a single ring or multiple rings wherein the multiple rings may be fused, bridged, or spiro. As used herein, heterocycloalkyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms; having 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxetanyl, dioxolanyl, azetidinyl, and morpholinyl. “Hydroxy” or“hydroxyl” refers to the group -OH. “Oxo” refers to the group (=O) or (O). “Sulfonyl” refers to the group -S(O)2R, where R is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or aryl. Examples of sulfonyl are methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, and toluenesulfonyl. Certain commonly used alternative chemical names may be used. For example, a divalent group such as a divalent“alkyl” group, a divalent“aryl” group, etc., may also be referred to as an“alkylene” group or an“alkylenyl” group, an“arylene” group or an “arylenyl” group, respectively. Also, unless indicated explicitly otherwise, where combinations of groups are referred to herein as one moiety, e.g. arylalkyl, the last mentioned group contains the atom by which the moiety is attached to the rest of the molecule. The terms“optional” or“optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. Also, the term “optionally substituted” refers to any one or more hydrogen atoms on the designated atom or group may or may not be replaced by a moiety other than hydrogen. The term“substituted” means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on the designated atom or group is replaced with one or more substituents other than hydrogen, provided that the designated atom’s normal valence is not exceeded. The one or more substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, acyl, amino, amido, amidino, aryl, azido, carbamoyl, carboxyl, carboxyl ester, cyano, guanidino, halo, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxy, hydrazino, imino, oxo, nitro, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonic acid, alkylsulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiol, thione, or
combinations thereof. By way of example, there may be one, two, three, four, five, or six substituents. Polymers or similar indefinite structures arrived at by defining substituents with further substituents appended ad infinitum (e.g., a substituted aryl having a substituted alkyl which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl group, which is further substituted by a substituted heteroalkyl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion herein. Unless otherwise noted, the maximum number of serial substitutions in compounds described herein is three. For example, serial substitutions of substituted aryl groups with two other substituted aryl groups are limited to substituted aryl (substituted aryl) substituted aryl. Similarly, the above definitions are not intended to include impermissible substitution patterns (e.g., methyl substituted with 5 fluorines or heteroaryl groups having two adjacent oxygen ring atoms). Such impermissible substitution patterns are well known to the skilled artisan. When used to modify a chemical group, the term“substituted” may describe other chemical groups defined herein. For example, the term“substituted aryl” includes, but is not limited to, “alkylaryl.” Unless specified otherwise, where a group is described as optionally substituted, any substituents of the group are themselves unsubstituted. In some embodiments, the term“substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more substituents including hydroxyl, halo, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. In additional embodiments,“substituted cycloalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group having one or more substituents including alkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, halo, hydroxyl;“substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group having one or more substituents including halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, and cyano, and“substituted sulfonyl” refers to a group -S(O)2R, in which R is substituted with one or more substituents of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl. In other embodiments, the one or more substituents may be further substituted with halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted. In other embodiments, the substituents may be further substituted with halo, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is unsubstituted.
List of Abbreviations and Acronyms Abbreviation Meaning °C Degree Celsius Ac Acetyl aq. Aqueous ATP Adenosine triphosphate br Broad BSA Bovine serum albumin Cbz Carboxybenzyl COD Cyclooctadiene COPD Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease d Doublet DCE Dichloroethene DCM Dichloromethane dd Doublet of doublets DIEA Diisopropylethylamine DMF Dimethylformamide DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide
dt Doublet-triplet
DTT Dithiothreitol
EC50 The half maximal effective concentration
eq Equivalents
ES/MS Electrospray mass spectrometry
Et Ethyl
FBS Fetal bovine serum
g Grams
HEPES 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography
hr or h or hrs Hours
Hz Hertz
IBD Inflammatory bowel disease
i-pr Isopropyl
J Coupling constant (MHz)
Kg/kg Kilogram
LCMS Liquid chromatography–mass spectrometry
LPS Lipopolysaccharide
M Molar
m multiplet
M+ Mass peak
M+H+ Mass peak plus hydrogen Me Methyl
mg Milligram
MHz Megahertz
ml/mL Milliliter
mM Millimolar
mmol Millimole
MOPS 3-Morpholinopropane-1-sulfonic acid MS Mass spectroscopy
Ms Mesyl
nBu/Bu Butyl
nL Nanoliter
nm Nanometer
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone
NP-40 Nonyl phenoxypolyethoxylethanol
Pd-C/ Pd/C Palladium on Carbon
Ph Phenyl
q Quartet
q.s. Quantity sufficient to achieve a stated function RP Reverse phase
rt Room temperature
s Singlet
sat. Saturated t Triplet TEA Triethylamine Tf Trifluoromethanesulfonyl TFA Trifluoroacetic acid THF Tetrahydrofuran TR-FRET Time-resolved fluorescence energy transfer δ Chemical shift (ppm) µL/ µl Microliter µM Micromolar
Compounds The present application provides compounds that function as inhibitors of PI3K isoforms. In one aspect, provided are the compounds having the structure of formula I or IA:
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Formula IA wherein n is 1, 2, 3 or 4; m is 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 1 or 2; t is 1 or 2; each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra,
Figure imgf000018_0003
cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
Figure imgf000018_0002
10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R100; R2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORb, -
Figure imgf000018_0004
aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101; R3 is selected from C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered
heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R102; R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, acyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl and C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl; each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra,
Figure imgf000019_0001
cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R103; each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra,
Figure imgf000019_0002
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200; each R100 , R101 , R102 , and R103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)Rc, -C(O)ORc, -C(O)NRcRd, -
Figure imgf000020_0003
membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R201; each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; each R200 and R201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(O)Re, -C(O)ORe, -C(O)NReRf, -N(Re)C(O)Rf, -
Figure imgf000020_0002
each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IB:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Formula IB wherein n, s, m, t, R1, R2, R4, R5and R6 are as defined above; represents a single or double bond;
X1 is N or C; each X2, X3, X4 and X5 is independently selected from S, O, CR10 and NR11; wherein each R10 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy,
Figure imgf000021_0001
alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R104; wherein each R11 is independently selected from absent, hydrogen, halo, cyano,
Figure imgf000021_0002
membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; alternatively, one R10 and one R11 group, together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five, six or seven membered fused or bridged ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IC:
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein n, s, m, t, R1, R2, R4 and R5 are as defined above; each R13 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -
Figure imgf000022_0003
cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200; each R200 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo,
Figure imgf000022_0002
each Re and Rf is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula ID:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein n, s, m, R1, R2, R4, R5, and R13 are as defined above;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IE:
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein n, s, m, R1, R2, R4, R5, X1, X2, X3, X4 and X5 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IF:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein n, s, m, t, R1, R2, R4, R5, and R13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IG:
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein n, s, m, R1, R2, R4, R5, and R13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IH:
Figure imgf000025_0002
wherein n, s, m, R1, R2, R4, R5, X1, X2, X3, X4 and X5 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IJ:
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein n, s, m, t, R1, R2, R4, R5, and R13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula IK:
Figure imgf000026_0002
wherein n, s, m,
Figure imgf000027_0001
R2, R4, R5, and R13 are as defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In another aspect, provided are compounds of Formula (IL) or (IM)
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein n, s, m, R1, R2, R4, R5, and R7 are as defined above;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, wherein R3 is
Figure imgf000027_0003
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein t is 1 or 2;
each R13 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo,
Figure imgf000028_0002
alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula IE or IH,, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof; wherein the
substituent s selected from:
Figure imgf000028_0003
Figure imgf000029_0001
One of skill in the art understands that t=1 for compounds having only one atom available for substitution. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R1 is fluoro or chloro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R2 is C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-6 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl and 4- 6 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, amino, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxetanyl, and cyclopropyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R4 is selected from hydrogen and methyl; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R5 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,
trifluoromethyl, carboxamide, cyano, piperazinyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl and triazolyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
Figure imgf000030_0001
or a p armaceut ca y accepta e sa t t ereo . In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
Figure imgf000031_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, wherein R3 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000032_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL or IM, wherein R5 is selected from hydrogen or a substituent selected from the table below:
Figure imgf000033_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, provided is a compound selected from Table A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof:
Table A
Figure imgf000033_0002
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
61 246 62 260 63 261 64 262 65 263
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
In certain embodiments, provided is a compound selected from Table B, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof:
TABLE B
Figure imgf000064_0002
Figure imgf000065_0001
Example Image
156
Cl
N
Cl N N O N H N
N
157 N
247
364
365
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
The present application provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, isomers, tautomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, racemates, atropisomers, polymorphs, prodrugs, or a mixture thereof, of the compounds described herein. The terms“a compound of the present application,”“a compound described herein,”“a compound of any of the formulae described herein,” or variant thereof refer to a compound having the structure of any of the formulae, I, IA, IB, IC, ID, IE, IF, IG, IH, IJ, IK, IL and IM.). In some embodiments, compounds of the present application are Compounds 1-363 as described herein. “Pharmaceutically acceptable” or“physiologically acceptable” refer to compounds, salts, compositions, dosage forms and other materials which are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that is suitable for veterinary or human pharmaceutical use. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” or“physiologically acceptable salts” refer to salts of pharmaceutical compounds that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the underlying compound, and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. There are acid addition salts and base addition salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Acids and bases useful for reaction with an underlying compound to form pharmaceutically acceptable salts (acid addition or base addition salts respectively) are known to one of skill in the art.
Similarly, methods of preparing pharmaceutically acceptable salts from an underlying compound (upon disclosure) are known to one of skill in the art and are disclosed in for example, Berge, at al. Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, Jan.1977 vol.66, No.1, and other sources. If the compounds described herein are obtained as an acid addition salt, the free base can be obtained by basifying a solution of the acid salt. Conversely, if the product is a free base, an addition salt, particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, may be produced by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with an acid, in accordance with conventional procedures for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds. Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluene- sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Salts derived from mineral acids include, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, phosphate, and sulfate. Likewise, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines (i.e., NH2(alkyl)), dialkyl amines (i.e., HN(alkyl)2), trialkyl amines (i.e., N(alkyl)3), substituted alkyl amines (i.e., NH2(substituted alkyl)), di(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkyl)2), tri(substituted alkyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkyl)3), alkenyl amines (i.e., NH2(alkenyl)), dialkenyl amines (i.e., HN(alkenyl)2), trialkenyl amines (i.e., N(alkenyl)3), substituted alkenyl amines (i.e., NH2(substituted alkenyl)), di(substituted alkenyl) amines (i.e., HN(substituted alkenyl)2), tri(substituted alkenyl) amines (i.e., N(substituted alkenyl)3, mono-, di- or tri- cycloalkyl amines (i.e., NH2(cycloalkyl), HN(cycloalkyl)2, N(cycloalkyl)3), mono-, di- or tri- arylamines (i.e., NH2(aryl), HN(aryl)2, N(aryl)3), or mixed amines, etc. Specific examples of suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(iso-propyl) amine, tri(n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2- dimethylaminoethanol, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, and the like. “Isomers” refers to compounds that have the same molecular formula. As used herein, the term isomers include double bond isomers, racemates, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, and atropisomers. Single isomers, such as enantiomers or diastereomers, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of a mixture of isomers. Resolution of a mixture of isomers (e.g. racemates) maybe accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column.“Double bond isomers” refer to Z- and E- forms (or cis- and trans- forms) of the compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds. “Atropisomers” refers to conformational stereoisomers which occur when rotation about a single bond in the molecule is prevented, or greatly hindered, as a result of steric interactions with other parts of the molecule and the substituents at both ends of the single bond are asymmetrical, i.e., they do not require a stereocenter. Where the rotational barrier about the single bond is high enough, and interconversion between conformations is slow enough, separation and isolation of the isomeric species may be permitted. Atropisomers may be separated by the methods well known in the art. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual atropisomers as well as mixtures. Also, as understood by those skilled in the art, the atropisomers may be represented by the same chemical name with different atropisomer designations. By way of example, the below structures are atropisomers of compound 230 (4-(1-(5,8- difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(oxazol-2-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine).
Figure imgf000074_0001
Compound-356 Compound-357 Compounds of the invention are named using Chembiodraw Ultra (version 14). “Racemates” refers to a mixture of enantiomers. “Stereoisomers” or“stereoisomeric forms” refer to compounds that differ in the chirality of one or more stereocenters. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. The compounds may exist in stereoisomeric form if they possess one or more asymmetric centers or a double bond with asymmetric substitution and, therefore, can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual stereoisomers as well as mixtures. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Chapter 4 of Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th ed., J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992). “Tautomers” or“tautomeric forms” refer to alternate forms of a compound that differ in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or heteroaryls such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles. A“solvate” is formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound. Solvates of salts of the compounds of any of the formulae described herein are also provided. Hydrates of the compounds of any of the formulae are also provided. A“prodrug” is defined in the pharmaceutical field as a biologically inactive derivative of a drug that upon administration to the human body is converted to the biologically active parent drug according to some chemical or enzymatic pathway. A prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog or latent form of a therapeutically active compound. Non-limiting examples of prodrugs include ester moieties, quaternary ammonium moieties, glycol moieties, and the like. In any one of the foregoing embodiments, the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an (S)-enantiomer. In any one of the foregoing embodiments, the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an (R)-enantiomer. In any one of the foregoing embodiments, the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is an atropisomer. The application also provides a composition containing a mixture of enantiomers of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the mixture is a racemic mixture. In other embodiments, the composition comprises the (S)- enantiomer of a compound in excess of the corresponding (R)-enantiomer of the compound. In some embodiments, the composition contains the (S)-enantiomer of the compound and is substantially free of its corresponding (R)-enantiomer. In certain embodiments, a composition substantially free of the (R)-enantiomer has less than or about 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.05%, or 0.01% of the (R)- enantiomer. In other embodiments, the composition containing the (S)-enantiomer of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, predominates over its corresponding (R)-enantiomer by a molar ratio of at least or about 9:1, at least or about 19:1, at least or about 40:1, at least or about 80:1, at least or about 160:1, or at least or about 320:1. The composition containing a compound according to any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may also contain the compound in enantiomeric excess (e.e.). By way of example, a compound with 95% (S)- isomer and 5% (R)-isomer will have an e.e. of 90%. In some embodiments, the compound has an e.e. of at least or about 60%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%. In any one of the foregoing embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is an atropisomer. Another embodiment provides the composition containing a mixture of atropisomers of the compound or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. By way of example, a compound with 95% of one atropisomer and 5% of the other atropisomers. In some embodiments, a compound with about 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10% of one atropisomer and 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90%, respectively, of the other atropisomers. The application also provides the free base forms of the compounds described herein. In certain embodiments, provided herein are the enantiomers, (R) or (S), of the compounds of the formulae described herein. In other embodiments, provided herein are the atropisomers of the compounds of the formulae described herein. The application further provides compositions comprising the compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof. The composition may include racemic mixtures, mixtures containing an enantiomeric excess of one enantiomer or single diastereomers or diastereomeric mixtures. All such isomeric forms of these compounds are expressly included herein, the same as if each and every isomeric form were specifically and individually listed. In certain embodiments, provided herein are also polymorphs, such as crystalline and amorphous forms, of the compounds described herein. In some embodiments, provided are also chelates, non-covalent complexes, and mixtures thereof, of the compounds of the formula described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, or solvates thereof. A“chelate” is formed by the coordination of a compound to a metal ion at two (or more) points. A“non-covalent complex” is formed by the interaction of a compound and another molecule wherein a covalent bond is not formed between the compound and the molecule. For example, complexation can occur through van der Waals interactions, hydrogen bonding, and electrostatic interactions (also called ionic bonding). In certain embodiments, provided are also chelates, non-covalent complexes, and mixtures thereof, of the compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, stereoisomer, mixture of stereoisomers, prodrug, or deuterated analog thereof. A“chelate” is formed by the coordination of a compound to a metal ion at two (or more) points. A“non-covalent complex” is formed by the interaction of a compound and another molecule wherein a covalent bond is not formed between the compound and the molecule. For example, complexation can occur through van der Waals interactions, hydrogen bonding, and electrostatic interactions (also called ionic bonding). Some of the compounds exist as tautomers. Tautomers are in equilibrium with one another. For example, amide containing compounds may exist in equilibrium with imidic acid tautomers. Regardless of which tautomer is shown, and regardless of the nature of the equilibrium among tautomers, the compounds are understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to comprise both amide and imidic acid tautomers. Thus, the amide containing compounds are understood to include their imidic acid tautomers. Likewise, the imidic acid containing compounds are understood to include their amide tautomers. Any formula or structure given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled forms as well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. Isotopically labeled compounds have structures depicted by the formulas given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass
number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to 2H (deuterium, D), 3H (tritium), 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18F, 31P, 32P, 35S, 36Cl and 125I. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H, 13C and 14C are incorporated. Such isotopically labeled compounds may be useful in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques, such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays or in radioactive treatment of patients. The disclosure also includes“deuterated analogs” of compounds of Formula I in which from 1 to n hydrogens attached to a carbon atom is/are replaced by deuterium, in which n is the number of hydrogens in the molecule. Such compounds exhibit increased resistance to metabolism and are thus useful for increasing the half-life of any compound of Formula I when administered to a mammal, particularly a human. See, for example, Foster,“Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism,” Trends Pharmacol. Sci.5(12):524-527 (1984). Such compounds are synthesized by means well known in the art, for example by employing starting materials in which one or more hydrogens have been replaced by deuterium. Deuterium labeled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the disclosure may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics) properties, relating to distribution, metabolism and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life, reduced dosage requirements and/or an improvement in therapeutic index. An 18F labeled compound may be useful for PET or SPECT studies. Isotopically labeled compounds of this disclosure and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent in the compound of Formula I. The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by an isotopic enrichment factor. In the compounds of this disclosure any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position is designated specifically as“H” or“hydrogen”, the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition. Accordingly, in the compounds of this disclosure any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium. Therapeutic Uses of the Compounds The compounds of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof may be used for the treatment of diseases and/or conditions mediated by PI3K isoforms. In addition, the application provides the compounds for use in therapy. Also, provided herein are methods for inhibiting one or more PI3K isoforms. In one embodiment, provided are methods for inhibiting PI3Kβ activity using the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof. In other embodiment, provided are methods for inhibiting PI3Kβ activity using the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof. The application further provides methods for use in such methods. The PI3K isoforms may be selectively or specifically inhibited. Additionally, the compounds may be used to inhibit PI3K activity
therapeutically or prophylactically, such as PI3Kβ. The compounds according to the present application may be used in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. The therapeutic agents may be in the forms of compounds, antibodies, polypeptides, or polynucleotides. The therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti-neoplastic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti- proliferation agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a therapeutic antibody, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the application provides a product comprising a compound described herein and an additional therapeutic agent as a combined preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in therapy, e.g. a method of treating a disease, disorder, or condition that is mediated by PI3K isoforms. The compounds of the invention can be used in combination with compounds that inhibit or modulate the activities of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases (PARP), such as PARP-1, PARP-2, PARP-3 and Vault-PARP; Tankyrases (TANKs), such as, TANK-1, TANK-2 and TANK-3; matrix metalloproteinases such as MMP-2 and MMP-9; and the androgen receptor. Therapeutic agents that can be used in combination with compounds of the invention include enzalutamide, abiraterone, abiraterone acetate, apalutamide, galeterone, olaparib, niraparib, veliparib, rucaparib, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, ketonazole, orteronel, finasteride, dutasteride, bexlosteride, izonsteride, turosteride, episteride, dexamethasone, prednisone, leuprolide, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, estrogen, cyproterone acetate, spironolactone, flutamide, hydroxyflutamide, docetaxel, cabazitaxel, sipuleucel-T, ODM-201, VT-464, EPI-506, and combinations thereof. Also, the therapeutic agents may be those that inhibit or modulate the activities of Bruton’s tyrosine kinase, spleen tyrosine kinase, apoptosis signal-regulating kinase, Janus kinase, lysyl oxidase, lysyl oxidase-like proteins, matrix metallopeptidase, bromodomain-containing protein, adenosine A2B receptor, isocitrate dehydrogenase, serine/threonine kinase TPL2, discoidin domain receptor, serine/threonine-protein kinases, IKK, MEK, EGFR, histone deacetylase, protein kinase C, or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic agent may be selected from a PI3K (including PI3Kγ, PI3Kδ, PI3Kβ, PI3Kα, and/or pan-PI3K) inhibitor, a JAK (Janus kinase, including JAK1, JAK2, and/or JAK3) inhibitor, a SYK (spleen tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, a BTK (Bruton’s tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, an A2B (adenosine A2B receptor) inhibitor, an ACK (activated CDC kinase, including ACK1) inhibitor, an ASK (apoptosis signal-regulating kinase, including ASK1) inhibitor, Aurora kinase, a BRD
(bromodomain-containing protein, including BRD4) inhibitor, a Bcl (B-cell
CLL/lymphoma, including Bcl-1 and/or Bcl-2) inhibitor, a CAK (CDK-activating kinase) inhibitor, a CaMK (calmodulin-dependent protein kinases) inhibitor, a CDK (cyclin-dependent kinases, including CDK1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 6) inhibitor, a CK (casein kinase, including CK1 and/or CK2) inhibitor, a DDR (discoidin domain receptor, including DDR1 and/or DDR2) inhibitor, a EGFR inhibitor, a FXR (farnesoid x receptor) inhibitor, a FAK (focal adhesion kinase) inhibitor, a GSK (glycogen synthase kinase) inhibitor, a HDAC (histone deacetylase) inhibitor, an IDO (indoleamine 2,3- dioxygenase) inhibitor, an IDH (isocitrate dehydrogenase, including IDH1) inhibitor, an IKK (l-Kappa-B kinase) inhibitor, a KDM5 (lysine demethylase) inhibitor, a LCK (lymphocyte-specific protein tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, a LOX (lysyl oxidase) inhibitor, a LOXL (lysyl oxidase like protein, including LOXL1, LOXL2, LOXL3, LOXL4, and/or LOXL5) inhibitor, a MTH (mut T homolog) inhibitor, a MEK (mitogen-activated protein kinase kinase) inhibitor, a matrix metalloprotease (MMP, including MMP2 and/or MMP9) inhibitor, a mitogen-activated protein kinases (MAPK) inhibitor, a PD-1 (programmed cell death protein 1) inhibitor, a PD-L1 (programmed death-ligand 1) inhibitor, a PDGF (platelet-derived growth factor) inhibitor, a phosphorylase kinase (PK) inhibitor, a PLK (polo-like kinase, including PLK1, 2, 3) inhibitor, a protein kinase (PK, including protein kinase A, B, C) inhibitor, a STK (serine/threonine kinase) inhibitor, a STAT (signal transduction and transcription) inhibitor, a serine/threonine-protein kinase inhibitor, a TBK (tank-binding kinase) inhibitor, a TLR (toll-like receptor modulators, including TLR-1, TLR-2, TLR-3, TLR-4, TLR-5, TLR-6, TLR-7, TLR-8, TLR-9, TLR- 10, TLR-11, TLR-12, and/or TLR-13) inhibitor, a TK (tyrosine kinase) inhibitor, a TPL2 (serine/threonine kinase) inhibitor, a NEK9 inhibitor, an Abl inhibitor, a p38 kinase inhibitor, a PYK inhibitor, a PYK inhibitor, a c-Kit inhibitor, a NPM-ALK inhibitor, a Flt-3 inhibitor, a c-Met inhibitor, a KDR inhibitor, a TIE-2 inhibitor, a VEGFR inhibitor, a SRC inhibitor, a HCK inhibitor, a LYN inhibitor, a FYN inhibitor, a YES inhibitor, a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunotherapeutic agent, a radiotherapeutic agent, an anti- neoplastic agent, an anti-cancer agent, an anti-proliferation agent, an anti-fibrotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, a therapeutic antibody, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the JAK inhibitor is N-(cyanomethyl)-4-[2-(4- morpholinoanilino)pyrimidin-4-yl]benzamide as named by ChemDraw (may also be referred to as CYT0387 or momelotinib) and may be synthesized by the methods described in U.S. Patent No.8,486,941. In certain embodiment, the SyK inhibitor is 6- (1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-(4-morpholinophenyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-amine as named by ChemDraw (may also be referred to as 6-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-[4-(morpholin-4- yl)phenyl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-amine) and may be synthesized by the methods described in U.S. Patent No.8,450,321. In other embodiments, the BTK inhibitor is (S)- 6-amino-9-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-7-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-7H-purin-8(9H)-one as named by ChemDraw (may also be 6-amino-9-[(3R)-1-(2-butynoyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl]-7- (4-phenoxyphenyl)-7,9-dihydro-8H -purin-8-one) and may be synthesized by the methods in U.S. Pat. No.8,557,803. Chemotherapeutic agents may be categorized by their mechanism of action into, for example, the following groups: anti-metabolites/anti-cancer agents, such as pyrimidine analogs (floxuridine, capecitabine, and cytarabine); purine analogs, folate antagonists and related inhibitors, antiproliferative/antimitotic agents including natural products such as vinca alkaloid (vinblastine, vincristine) and microtubule such as taxane (paclitaxel, docetaxel), vinblastin, nocodazole, epothilones and navelbine,
epidipodophyllotoxins (etoposide, teniposide); DNA damaging agents (actinomycin, amsacrine, busulfan, carboplatin, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, Cytoxan, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, iphosphamide, melphalan, merchlorehtamine, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, nitrosourea, procarbazine, taxol, taxotere, teniposide, etoposide, triethylenethiophosphoramide); antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin, doxorubicin (adriamycin), idarubicin, anthracyclines, mitoxantrone, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin; enzymes (L- asparaginase which systemically metabolizes L-asparagine and deprives cells which do not have the capacity to synthesize their own asparagine); antiplatelet agents;
antiproliferative/ antimitotic alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustards
cyclophosphamide and analogs, melphalan, chlorambucil), and (hexamethylmelamine and thiotepa), alkyl nitrosoureas (BCNU) and analogs, streptozocin), trazenes- dacarbazinine (DTIC); antiproliferative/antimitotic antimetabolites such as folic acid analogs (methotrexate); platinum coordination complexes (cisplatin, oxiloplatinim, carboplatin), procarbazine, hydroxyurea, mitotane, aminoglutethimide; hormones, hormone analogs (estrogen, tamoxifen, goserelin, bicalutamide, nilutamide) and aromatase inhibitors (letrozole, anastrozole); anticoagulants (heparin, synthetic heparin salts and other inhibitors of thrombin); fibrinolytic agents (such as tissue plasminogen activator, streptokinase and urokinase), aspirin, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, clopidogrel; antimigratory agents; antisecretory agents (breveldin); immunosuppressives (tacrolimus, sirolimus azathioprine, mycophenolate); phytoestrogens (daidzein, glycitein, genisteinand growth factor inhibitors (vascular endothelial growth factor inhibitors, fibroblast growth factor inhibitors); angiotensin receptor blocker, nitric oxide donors; anti-sense oligonucleotides; antibodies (trastuzumab, rituximab); cell cycle inhibitors and differentiation inducers (tretinoin); inhibitors, topoisomerase inhibitors (doxorubicin (adriamycin), daunorubicin, dactinomycin, eniposide, epirubicin, etoposide, idarubicin, irinotecan and mitoxantrone, topotecan, irinotecan, camptothesin), corticosteroids (cortisone, dexamethasone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, prednisone, and prednisolone); growth factor signal transduction kinase inhibitors; dysfunction inducers, toxins such as Cholera toxin, ricin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, Bordetella pertussis adenylate cyclase toxin, or diphtheria toxin, and caspase activators; and chromatin. As used herein the term "chemotherapeutic agent" or "chemotherapeutic" (or "chemotherapy," in the case of treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent) is meant to encompass any non-proteinaceous (i.e, non-peptidic) chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; emylerumines and memylamelamines including alfretamine, triemylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and trimemylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (articularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CBI-TMI); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosoureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, foremustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammaII and calicheamicin phiI1, see, e.g., Agnew, Chem. Intl. Ed. Engl, 33:183-186 (1994); dynemicin, including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromomophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carrninomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo- L-norleucine, doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino- doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti- metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as demopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogues such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replinisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone;
aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; hestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elformthine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; leucovorin; lonidamine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamol; nitracrine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; fluoropyrimidine; folinic acid; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK®; razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2',2''-tricUorotriemylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethane; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol;
mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside ("Ara-C"); cyclophosphamide; thiopeta; taxoids, e.g., paclitaxel (TAXOL®and docetaxel (TAXOTERE®); chlorambucil;
gemcitabine (Gemzar®); 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitroxantrone; vancristine; vinorelbine (Navelbine®); novantrone; teniposide;
edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeoloda; ibandronate; CPT-11; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine; FOLFIRI (fluorouracil, leucovorin, and irinotecan) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. One or more chemotherapeutic agent are used or included in the present application. Also included in the definition of "chemotherapeutic agent" are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action on tumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NolvadexTM), raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and toremifene (Fareston®); inhibitors of the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, megestrol acetate (Megace®), exemestane, formestane, fadrozole, vorozole (Rivisor®), letrozole (Femara®), and anastrozole (Arimidex®); and anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprohde, and goserelin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above. The anti-angiogenic agents include, but are not limited to, retinoid acid and derivatives thereof, 2-methoxyestradiol, ANGIOSTATIN®, ENDOSTATIN®, suramin, squalamine, tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase-1, tissue inhibitor of metalloproternase- 2, plasminogen activator inhibitor-1, plasminogen activator inbibitor-2, cartilage-derived inhibitor, paclitaxel (nab-paclitaxel), platelet factor 4, protamine sulphate (clupeine), sulphated chitin derivatives (prepared from queen crab shells), sulphated polysaccharide peptidoglycan complex (sp-pg), staurosporine, modulators of matrix metabolism, including for example, proline analogs ((1-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid (LACA), cishydroxyproline, d,I-3,4-dehydroproline, thiaproline, .alpha.-dipyridyl, beta- aminopropionitrile fumarate, 4-propyl-5-(4-pyridinyl)-2(3h)-oxazolone; methotrexate, mitoxantrone, heparin, interferons, 2 macroglobulin-serum, chimp-3, chymostatin, beta- cyclodextrin tetradecasulfate, eponemycin; fumagillin, gold sodium thiomalate, d- penicillamine (CDPT), beta-1-anticollagenase-serum, alpba-2-antiplasmin, bisantrene, lobenzarit disodium, n-2-carboxyphenyl-4-chloroanthronilic acid disodium or "CCA", thalidomide; angiostatic steroid, cargboxynaminolmidazole; metalloproteinase inhibitors such as BB94. Other anti-angiogenesis agents include antibodies, preferably monoclonal antibodies against these angiogenic growth factors: beta-FGF, alpha-FGF, FGF-5, VEGF isoforms, VEGF-C, HGF/SF and Ang-1/Ang-2. See Ferrara N. and Alitalo, K. "Clinical application of angiogenic growth factors and their inhibitors" (1999) Nature Medicine 5:1359-1364. The anti-fibrotic agents include, but are not limited to, the compounds such as beta-aminoproprionitrile (BAPN), as well as the compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,288 to Palfreyman, et al., issued Oct.23, 1990, entitled "Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase," relating to inhibitors of lysyl oxidase and their use in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with the abnormal deposition of collagen; U.S. Pat. No.
4,997,854 to Kagan, et al., issued Mar.5, 1991, entitled "Anti-fibrotic agents and methods for inhibiting the activity of lysyl oxidase in situ using adjacently positioned diamine analogue substrate," relating to compounds which inhibit LOX for the treatment of various pathological fibrotic states, which are herein incorporated by reference.
Further exemplary inhibitors are described in U.S. Pat. No.4,943,593 to Palfreyman, et al., issued Jul.24, 1990, entitled "Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase," relating to compounds such as 2-isobutyl-3-fluoro-, chloro-, or bromo-allylamine; as well as, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,021,456; U.S. Pat. No.5,5059,714; U.S. Pat. No.5,120,764; U.S. Pat. No.5,182,297; U.S. Pat. No.5,252,608 (relating to 2-(1-naphthyloxymemyl)-3-fluoroallylamine); and U.S. Patent Application No.2004/0248871, which are herein incorporated by reference. Exemplary anti-fibrotic agents also include the primary amines reacting with the carbonyl group of the active site of the lysyl oxidases, and more particularly those which produce, after binding with the carbonyl, a product stabilized by resonance, such as the following primary amines: emylenemamine, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, and their derivatives, semicarbazide, and urea derivatives, aminonitriles, such as beta- aminopropionitrile (BAPN), or 2-nitroethylamine, unsaturated or saturated haloamines, such as 2-bromo-ethylamine, 2-chloroethylamine, 2-trifluoroethylamine, 3- bromopropylamine, p-halobenzylamines, selenohomocysteine lactone. Also, the anti- fibrotic agents are copper chelating agents, penetrating or not penetrating the cells. Exemplary compounds include indirect inhibitors such compounds blocking the aldehyde derivatives originating from the oxidative deamination of the lysyl and hydroxylysyl residues by the lysyl oxidases, such as the thiolamines, in particular D- penicillamine, or its analogues such as 2-amino-5-mercapto-5-methylhexanoic acid, D-2- amino-3-methyl-3-((2-acetamidoethyl)dithio)butanoic acid, p-2-amino-3-methyl-3-((2- aminoethyl)dithio)butanoic acid, sodium-4-((p-1-dimethyl-2-amino-2- carboxyethyl)dithio)butane sulphurate, 2-acetamidoethyl-2-acetamidoethanethiol sulphanate, sodium-4-mercaptobutanesulphinate trihydrate. The immunotherapeutic agents include and are not limited to therapeutic antibodies suitable for treating patients; such as abagovomab, adecatumumab, afutuzumab, alemtuzumab, altumomab, amatuximab, anatumomab, arcitumomab, bavituximab, bectumomab, bevacizumab, bivatuzumab, blinatumomab, brentuximab, cantuzumab, catumaxomab, cetuximab, citatuzumab, cixutumumab, clivatuzumab, conatumumab, daratumumab, drozitumab, duligotumab, dusigitumab, detumomab, dacetuzumab, dalotuzumab, ecromeximab, elotuzumab, ensituximab, ertumaxomab, etaracizumab, farietuzumab, ficlatuzumab, figitumumab, flanvotumab, futuximab, ganitumab, gemtuzumab, girentuximab, glembatumumab, ibritumomab, igovomab, imgatuzumab, indatuximab, inotuzumab, intetumumab, ipilimumab, iratumumab, labetuzumab, lexatumumab, lintuzumab, lorvotuzumab, lucatumumab, mapatumumab, matuzumab, milatuzumab, minretumomab, mitumomab, moxetumomab, narnatumab, naptumomab, necitumumab, nimotuzumab, nofetumomabn, ocaratuzumab,
ofatumumab, olaratumab, onartuzumab, oportuzumab, oregovomab, panitumumab, parsatuzumab, patritumab, pemtumomab, pertuzumab, pintumomab, pritumumab, racotumomab, radretumab, rilotumumab, rituximab, robatumumab, satumomab, sibrotuzumab, siltuximab, simtuzumab, solitomab, tacatuzumab, taplitumomab, tenatumomab, teprotumumab, tigatuzumab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, tucotuzumab, ublituximab, veltuzumab, vorsetuzumab, votumumab, zalutumumab, obinutuzumab, CC49 and 3F8. The exemplified therapeutic antibodies may be further labeled or combined with a radioisotope particle, such as indium In 111, yttrium Y 90, iodine I-131. The application also provides method for treating a subject who is undergoing one or more standard therapies, such as chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery, or combination thereof. Accordingly, one or more therapeutic agent or inhibitors may be administered before, during, or after administration of chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery or combination thereof. Other examples of chemotherapy treatments (including standard or experimental chemotherapies) are described below. In addition, treatment of certain lymphomas is reviewed in Cheson, B.D., Leonard, J.P.,“Monoclonal Antibody Therapy for B-Cell Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma” The New England Journal of Medicine 2008, 359(6), p. 613-626; and Wierda, W.G.,“Current and Investigational Therapies for Patients with CLL” Hematology 2006, p.285-294. Lymphoma incidence patterns in the United States are profiled in Morton, L.M., et al.“Lymphoma Incidence Patterns by WHO Subtype in the United States, 1992-2001” Blood 2006, 107(1), p.265-276. Examples of immunotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, rituximab (such as Rituxan), alemtuzumab (such as Campath, MabCampath), anti-CD19 antibodies, anti-CD20 antibodies, anti-MN-14 antibodies, anti-TRAIL, Anti-TRAIL DR4 and DR5 antibodies, anti-CD74 antibodies, apolizumab, bevacizumab, CHIR-12.12, epratuzumab (hLL2- anti-CD22 humanized antibody), galiximab, ha20, ibritumomab tiuxetan, lumiliximab, milatuzumab, ofatumumab, PRO131921, SGN-40, WT-1 analog peptide vaccine, WT1126-134 peptide vaccine, tositumomab, autologous human tumor- derived HSPPC-96, and veltuzumab. Additional immunotherapy agents includes using cancer vaccines based upon the genetic makeup of an individual patient’s tumor, such as lymphoma vaccine example is GTOP-99 (MyVax®). Examples of chemotherapy agents include aldesleukin, alvocidib, antineoplaston AS2-1, antineoplaston A10, anti-thymocyte globulin, amifostine trihydrate,
aminocamptothecin, arsenic trioxide, beta alethine, Bcl-2 family protein inhibitor ABT- 263, ABT-199, BMS-345541, bortezomib (Velcade®), bryostatin 1, busulfan, carboplatin, campath-1H, CC-5103, carmustine, caspofungin acetate, clofarabine, cisplatin, Cladribine (Leustarin), Chlorambucil (Leukeran), Curcumin, cyclosporine, Cyclophosphamide (Cyloxan, Endoxan, Endoxana, Cyclostin), cytarabine, denileukin diftitox, dexamethasone, DT PACE, docetaxel, dolastatin 10, Doxorubicin
(Adriamycin®, Adriblastine), doxorubicin hydrochloride, enzastaurin, epoetin alfa, etoposide, Everolimus (RAD001), fenretinide, filgrastim, melphalan, mesna,
Flavopiridol, Fludarabine (Fludara), Geldanamycin (17-AAG), ifosfamide, irinotecan hydrochloride, ixabepilone, Lenalidomide (Revlimid®, CC-5013), lymphokine-activated killer cells, melphalan, methotrexate, mitoxantrone hydrochloride, motexafin gadolinium, mycophenolate mofetil, nelarabine, oblimersen (Genasense) Obatoclax (GX15-070), oblimersen, octreotide acetate, omega-3 fatty acids, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, PD0332991, PEGylated liposomal doxorubicin hydrochloride, pegfilgrastim, Pentstatin (Nipent), perifosine, Prednisolone, Prednisone, R-roscovitine (Selicilib, CYC202), recombinant interferon alfa, recombinant interleukin-12, recombinant interleukin-11, recombinant flt3 ligand, recombinant human thrombopoietin, rituximab, sargramostim, sildenafil citrate, simvastatin, sirolimus, Styryl sulphones, tacrolimus, tanespimycin, Temsirolimus (CCl-779), Thalidomide, therapeutic allogeneic lymphocytes, thiotepa, tipifarnib, Velcade® (bortezomib or PS-341), Vincristine (Oncovin), vincristine sulfate, vinorelbine ditartrate, Vorinostat (SAHA), vorinostat, and FR (fludarabine, rituximab), CHOP (cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, prednisone), CVP
(cyclophosphamide, vincristine and prednisone), FCM (fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, mitoxantrone), FCR (fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, rituximab), hyperCVAD
(hyperfractionated cyclophosphamide, vincristine, doxorubicin, dexamethasone, methotrexate, cytarabine), ICE (iphosphamide, carboplatin and etoposide), MCP (mitoxantrone, chlorambucil, and prednisolone), R-CHOP (rituximab plus CHOP), R- CVP (rituximab plus CVP), R-FCM (rituximab plus FCM), R-ICE (rituximab-ICE), and R-MCP (R-MCP). The therapeutic treatments can be supplemented or combined with any of the abovementioned therapies with stem cell transplantation or treatment. One example of modified approach is radioimmunotherapy, wherein a monoclonal antibody is combined with a radioisotope particle, such as indium In 111, yttrium Y 90, iodine I-131.
Examples of combination therapies include, but are not limited to, Iodine-131 tositumomab (Bexxar®), Yttrium-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®), Bexxar® with CHOP. Other therapeutic procedures include peripheral blood stem cell transplantation, autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, autologous bone marrow
transplantation, antibody therapy, biological therapy, enzyme inhibitor therapy, total body irradiation, infusion of stem cells, bone marrow ablation with stem cell support, in vitro-treated peripheral blood stem cell transplantation, umbilical cord blood
transplantation, immunoenzyme technique, pharmacological study, low-LET cobalt-60 gamma ray therapy, bleomycin, conventional surgery, radiation therapy, and
nonmyeloablative allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. In some embodiments, the methods include administering a compound of the formula described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, in a therapeutically effective amount to a human in need thereof. The method can be employed to treat a patient who has or is believed to have a disease or condition whose symptoms or pathology is mediated by expression or activity of PI3Kβ. The patient may be a mammal or a human. In certain embodiment, the patient may be a human. “Treatment” or“treating” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including clinical results. Beneficial or desired clinical results may include one or more of the following: a) inhibiting the disease or condition (e.g., decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease or condition, and/or diminishing the extent of the disease or condition); b) slowing or arresting the development of one or more clinical symptoms associated with the disease or condition (e.g., stabilizing the disease or condition, preventing or delaying the worsening or progression of the disease or condition, and/or preventing or delaying the spread (e.g., metastasis) of the disease or condition); and/or c) relieving the disease, that is, causing the regression of clinical symptoms (e.g., ameliorating the disease state, providing partial or total remission of the disease or condition, enhancing the effect of another medication, delaying the progression of the disease, increasing the quality of life, and/or prolonging survival. “Prevention” or“preventing” means any treatment of a disease or condition that causes the clinical symptoms of the disease or condition not to develop. Compounds may, in some embodiments, be administered to a subject (including a human) who is at risk or has a family history of the disease or condition. “Subject” or“patient” refer to an animal, such as a mammal (including a human), that has been or will be the object of treatment, observation or experiment. The methods described herein may be useful in human therapy and/or veterinary applications. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In one embodiment, the subject is a human.“Human in need thereof” refers to a human who may have or is suspect to have diseases, or disorders, or conditions that would benefit from certain treatment; for example, being treated with the PI3K inhibitor of the compounds according to the present application. In certain embodiments, the subject may be a human who (i) has not received any treatment including chemotherapy treatment, (ii) is substantially refractory to at least one chemotherapy treatment, (iii) is in relapse after treatment with
chemotherapy, or both (i) and (ii). In some of embodiments, the subject is refractory to at least one, at least two, at least three, or at least four chemotherapy treatments
(including standard or experimental chemotherapies). The terms“therapeutically effective amount” or“effective amount” of a compound of the present application or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomers, prodrug, or solvate thereof, mean an amount sufficient to effect treatment when administered to a subject, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as amelioration of symptoms or slowing of disease progression. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount sufficient to decrease a symptom of a disease or condition responsive to inhibition of PI3Kδ and PI3Kβ activity. The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on the subject, and disease or condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease or condition, and the manner of administering, which can readily be determined by one or ordinary skill in the art. In addition to the therapeutic uses, the compounds described herein have the selectivity or selective inhibition to certain PI3K isoforms. In one embodiment, the compounds have selectivity to PI3Kβ. The selectivity to PI3K isoforms may be determined by measuring the compound’s activity in inhibiting certain PI3K isoforms using the assay described in the example below or the methods commonly used. It is understood that the conditions (e.g. the reagent concentration or the incubation temperature) may be varied and the results of the assay may vary. In some instances, the value may vary within a range of one to three-fold. The term“inhibition” indicates a decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process. The term“inhibition of activity of PI3K isoforms” or variants thereof refer to a decrease in activity in any PI3K isoform (e.g., alpha, beta, gamma, or delta) as a direct or indirect response to the presence of a compound of any of the formula described herein relative to the activity of PI3K isoform in the absence of such compound.“Inhibition of PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ activities” or variants thereof refer to a decrease in PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ activities as a direct or indirect response to the presence of the compounds described herein, relative to the activities of PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ in the absence of such compound. In some embodiments, the inhibition of PI3K isoform activities may be compared in the same subject prior to treatment, or other subjects not receiving the treatment. Without being bound to any theory, the decrease in the activity of PI3K may be due to the direct interaction of the compound with PI3K, or due to the interaction of the compounds described herein with one or more other factors that affect PI3K activity. For example, the presence of the compounds may decrease the activities of PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ by directly binding to PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ, by causing (directly or indirectly) another factor to decrease PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ activities, or by (directly or indirectly) decreasing the amount of PI3Kδ and/or PI3Kβ present in the cell or organism. The term“PI3K inhibitor” or variant thereof refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of PI3K. The term“PI3K isoform selective inhibitor” or variant thereof refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of one or more PI3K isoforms more effectively than the other remaining PI3K isoforms. By way of example, the term “PI3Kβ selective inhibitor” generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of the PI3Kβ isoform more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family, and the term “PI3Kδ selective inhibitor” generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of the PI3Kδ isoform more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family. The term “dual PI3Kδ/β selective inhibitor” generally refers to a compound that inhibits the activity of both PI3Kδ and PI3Kβ isoforms more effectively than other isoforms of the PI3K family (e.g., PI3K α or γ). The relative efficacies of compounds as inhibitors of an enzyme activity (or other biological activity) can be established by determining the concentrations at which each compound inhibits the activity to a predefined extent and then comparing the results. In one embodiment, the efficacy of a compound as an inhibitor of one or more PI3K isoforms can be measured by the compound concentration that inhibits 50% of the activity in a biochemical assay, i.e., the 50% inhibitory concentration or“IC50”. The determination of IC50 values can be accomplished using conventional techniques known in the art, including the techniques described in the Examples below. In general, an IC50 can be determined by measuring the activity of a given enzyme in the presence of a range of concentrations of the compound under the study. The experimentally obtained values of enzyme activity may then be plotted against the compound concentrations used. The concentration of the inhibitor that shows 50% enzyme activity (as compared to the activity in the absence of any inhibitor) is taken as the IC50 value. Analogously, other inhibitory concentrations can be defined through appropriate determinations of activity. For example, in some settings it may be desirable to establish a 90% inhibitory concentration, i.e., IC90. According to the present application, a PI3Kβ selective inhibitor is a compound that exhibits a 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50) with respect to PI3Kβ that is at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 200- fold, or at least 500-fold lower than the IC50 with respect to either PI3Kα or PI3Kγ or both PI3Kα and PI3Kγ. In addition, a PI3Kδ/β selective inhibitor is a compound that exhibits a 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50) with respect to PI3Kβ and PI3Kδ that is at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 75-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 200-fold, and at least 500-fold lower than the IC50 with respect to either PI3Kα or PI3Kγ. The dual PI3Kδ/β selective inhibitor may have the same or similar IC50 to both PI3Kδ and PI3Kβ or may have different IC50 to either PI3Kδ or PI3Kβ. As used herein, the term“potency,”“potent,” or variants thereof refer to the compound exhibiting an IC50 value that is less than 100 nM. When comparing two compounds, the compound that exhibits a lower IC50 value is referred to as a more potent inhibitor. The compounds of the present application exhibit unexpected selectivity to PI3Kβ. As shown in the example, certain compounds in Table 1 exhibit low IC50 values (e.g.1 to 100 nM) against PI3Kβ. Certain compounds in Table 1a also exhibited such selectivity to PI3K isoforms. Also, certain compounds of formula (I) exhibited at least between 10-fold to 400-fold lower IC50 values for PI3Kβ than PI3Kγ, suggesting the compounds exhibit more selectivity to PI3Kβ compared to PI3Kγ (i.e., inhibits the activity of the PI3Kβ isoform more effectively than the PI3Kγ isoform as shown by the PI3Kγ/PI3Kβ ratio). The methods described herein may be applied to cell populations in vivo or ex vivo.“In vivo” means within a living individual, as within an animal or human. In this context, the methods described herein may be used therapeutically in an individual.“Ex vivo” means outside of a living individual. Examples of ex vivo cell populations include in vitro cell cultures and biological samples including fluid or tissue samples obtained from individuals. Such samples may be obtained by methods well known in the art. Exemplary biological fluid samples include blood, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, and saliva. Exemplary tissue samples include tumors and biopsies thereof. In this context, the compounds may be used for a variety of purposes, including therapeutic and
experimental purposes. For example, it may be used ex vivo to determine the optimal schedule and/or dosing of administration of a PI3K selective inhibitor for a given indication, cell type, individual, and other parameters. Information gleaned from such use may be used for experimental purposes or in the clinic to set protocols for in vivo treatment. Other ex vivo uses for which the compound described herein may be suited are described below or will become apparent to those skilled in the art. The compounds of the formula described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or solvate thereof, may be further characterized to examine the safety or tolerance dosage in human or non-human subjects. Such properties may be examined using commonly known methods to those skilled in the art. Compared to other PI3K isoforms, PI3Kβ is generally mis-regulated in certain cancer cells. Aberrant proliferation of cells often interferes with normal tissue function, which may result in abnormal cellular response such as immunity, inflammation, and/or apoptosis. The selective inhibitors to PI3Kβ are useful in treating, inhibiting, or preventing aberrant proliferation of cancerous and/or hematopoietic cells and ameliorating the symptoms and secondary conditions. The compounds described herein may be used to treat subjects having various disease states, disorders, and conditions (also collectively referred to as“indications”) associated with PI3K isoforms or their activities. As used herein, the terms“diseases,” “disorders,”“conditions” are used interchangeably. Such indications may include, for example, cancer, including hematologic malignancies (e.g. leukemias and lymphomas, myeloproliferative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell neoplasms) and solid tumors, inflammation, fibrosis, allergic conditions (including hypersensitivity), cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, renal disorders, viral infections, obesity, and autoimmune diseases. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein may be used to treat cancers that are mediated by, dependent on, or associated with PI3K activity. In certain embodiments, the disease or condition is an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, or a cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is chosen from rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, systemic lupus
erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, dermatitis, alopecia, nephritis, vasculitis, atherosclerosis, Alzheimer’s disease, hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, diabetes (including type I diabetes), acute rejection of transplanted organs, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, leukemias, neoplasms and solid tumors. In other embodiments, the disease is a solid tumor. By way of examples, the solid tumor includes but is not limited to prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers (e.g., neuroblastoma), brain tumors (e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma), bone cancer, or soft tissue sarcoma. In some embodiments, the solid tumor is non-small cell lung cancer, small-cell lung cancer, colon cancer, CNS cancer, melanoma, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, or breast cancer. The present application also provides a method for treating a human in need thereof, who has or is suspected of having a disease or condition responsive or believed to be responsive to the inhibition PI3Kβ activity by administering to the subject a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, atropisomer, tautomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof. Additionally, the application provides a method of inhibiting kinase activity of a PI3Kβ polypeptides by contacting the polypeptides with a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof. Moreover, the application provides a method of decreasing cell viability, increasing cell death or apoptosis, increasing interference with PI3K signaling pathways (including AKT, S6RP, ERK phosphorylation), and/or reduction in chemokine production with an effective amount of a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof. The application further provides a method of disrupting leukocyte function comprising contacting the leukocytes with an effective amount of a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof, in a human in need thereof. Provided is also a method of inhibiting growth or proliferation of cancer cells comprising contacting the cancer cells with an effective amount of a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, solvate, or a mixture thereof. Kits Provided herein are also kits that include a compound of the formulae of the present application or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and suitable packaging. In one embodiment, a kit further includes instructions for use. In one aspect, a kit includes a compound of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and a label and/or instructions for use of the compounds in the treatment of the indications, including the diseases or conditions, described herein. Provided herein are also articles of manufacture that include a compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, in a suitable container. The container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, and intravenous bag. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Modes of Administration Compounds provided herein are usually administered in the form of
pharmaceutical compositions. Thus, provides herein are also pharmaceutical compositions that contain one or more of the compounds of any of the formulae disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomers, prodrug, or solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles selected from carriers, adjuvants and excipients. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles may include, for example, inert solid diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Co., Philadelphia, Pa.17th Ed. (1985); and Modern Pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker, Inc.3rd Ed. (G.S. Banker & C.T. Rhodes, Eds.). The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses. The pharmaceutical composition may be administered by various methods including, for example, rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered by intra- arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, or as an inhalant. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is administered orally. One mode for administration is parenteral, for example, by injection. The forms in which the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be incorporated for administration by injection include, for example, aqueous or oil suspensions, or emulsions, with sesame oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs, mannitol, dextrose, or a sterile aqueous solution, and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Oral administration may be another route for administration of the compounds described herein. Administration may be via, for example, capsule or enteric coated tablets. In making the pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or solvate thereof, the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of tablets. As used herein,“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or“pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions. Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions that include at least one compound of any of the formulae described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, prodrug, or solvate thereof, can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the subject by employing procedures known in the art. Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug- polymer matrix formulations. Examples of controlled release systems are given in U.S. Patent Nos.3,845,770; 4,326,525; 4,902,514; and 5,616,345. Another formulation for use in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds described herein in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos.5,023,252, 4,992,445 and 5,001,139. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient may be mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of any of the above formulae or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, or solvate thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, the active ingredient may be dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. The tablets or pills of the compounds described herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach. For example, the tablet or pill can include an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate. Compositions for inhalation or insufflation may include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. In other embodiments, compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a facemask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner. Dosing The specific dose level of a compound of the formulae described herein for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease in the subject undergoing therapy. For example, a dosage may be expressed as a number of milligrams of a compound of the formula per kilogram of the subject’s body weight (mg/kg). Dosages of between about 0.01 and 200 mg/kg may be appropriate. In some embodiments, about 0.01 and 150 mg/kg may be appropriate. In other embodiments a dosage of between 0.05 and 100 mg/kg may be appropriate. Normalizing according to the subject’s body weight is particularly useful when adjusting dosages between subjects of widely disparate size, such as occurs when using the drug in both children and adult humans or when converting an effective dosage in a non-human subject such as dog to a dosage suitable for a human subject. The daily dosage may also be described as a total amount of a compound of the formulae administered per dose or per day. Daily dosage of a compound may be between about 1 mg and 2,000 mg, between about 1,000 to 2,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 1,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 500 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 1 to 100 mg/day, between about between about 1 to 50 mg/day, between about 50 to 100 mg/day, between about 100 to 125 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 100 to 175 mg/day, between about 100 to 200 mg/day, between about 100 to 225 mg/day, between about 100 to 250 mg/day, between about 100 to 350 mg/day, between about 100 to 400 mg/day, between about 100 to 450 mg/day, or between about 100 to 500 mg/day. When administered orally, the total daily dosage for a human subject may be between 1 mg and 1,000 mg/day, between about 1 to 100 mg/day, between about 1 to 50 mg/day, between about 50 to 100 mg/day, between 50 to 300 mg/day, between 50 to 200 mg/day, between 75 to 200 mg/day, between 75 to 150 mg/day, between 100 to 200 mg/day, between about 200 to 300 mg/day, between about 300 to 400 mg/day, between about 400 to 500 mg/day, between about 100 to 150 mg/day, between about 150 to 200 mg/day, between about 200 to 250 mg/day, between about 75 to 150 mg/day, or between about 150 to 300 mg/day. The compounds of the present application or the compositions thereof may be administered once, twice, three, or four times daily, using any suitable mode described above. Also, administration or treatment with the compounds according to any of the formulae described herein may be continued for a number of days; for example, commonly treatment would continue for at least 7 days, 14 days, or 28 days, for one cycle of treatment. In some treatment, the compound or the composition thereof is administered continuously, i.e. every day. Treatment cycles are well known in cancer chemotherapy, and are frequently alternated with resting periods of about 1 to 28 days, commonly about 7 days or about 14 days, between cycles. The treatment cycles, in other embodiments, may also be continuous. In a particular embodiment, the method comprises administering to the subject an initial daily dose of about 1 to 500 mg of a compound of the above formula and increasing the dose by increments until clinical efficacy is achieved. Increments of about 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 75, or 100 mg can be used to increase the dose. The dosage can be increased daily, every other day, twice per week, or once per week. Synthesis of the Compounds The compounds of the present application may be prepared using the methods disclosed herein and routine modifications thereof, which will be apparent given the disclosure herein and methods well known in the art. Conventional and well-known synthetic methods may be used in addition to the teachings herein. The synthesis of typical compounds described herein may be accomplished as described in the following examples. If available, reagents may be purchased commercially, e.g., from Sigma Aldrich or other chemical suppliers. In general, compounds described herein are typically stable and isolatable at room temperature and pressure. General Synthesis Typical embodiments of compounds described herein may be synthesized using the general reaction schemes described below. It will be apparent given the description herein that the general schemes may be altered by substitution of the starting materials with other materials having similar structures to result in products that are
correspondingly different. Descriptions of syntheses follow to provide numerous examples of how the starting materials may vary to provide corresponding products. Given a desired product for which the substituent groups are defined, the necessary starting materials generally may be determined by inspection. Starting materials are typically obtained from commercial sources or synthesized using published methods. For synthesizing compounds which are embodiments described in the present disclosure, inspection of the structure of the compound to be synthesized will provide the identity of each substituent group. The identity of the final product will generally render apparent the identity of the necessary starting materials by a simple process of inspection, given the examples herein. Synthetic Reaction Parameters The terms“solvent”,“inert organic solvent”, or“inert solvent” refer to a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith (including, for example, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), chloroform, methylene chloride (or dichloromethane), diethyl ether, methanol, and the like). Unless specified to the contrary, the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert organic solvents, and the reactions are carried out under an inert gas, preferably nitrogen or argon. The compounds of formula (I) may be prepared using the method similar to the Reaction Scheme I shown below:
Reaction Scheme I
Figure imgf000102_0001
Step 1– Preparation of a compound of formula (1) The compounds of formula 1 can be prepared by treating an appropriately substituted haloquinoline (A, X=halide, preferably bromo or chloro) with an appropriately substituted aniline in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as Pd(OAc)2, a phosphine ligand, such as dicyclohexyl(2',4',6'-triisopropyl- [1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine, and a base, such as potassium phosphate in a neutral solvent such as toluene. The reaction can be carried out between 30°C and 120°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete. Upon completion, the solvent is removed in vacuo and the material can be purified by known methods such as chromatography, precipitation, or crystallization. Alternatively, compounds of formula 1 can be prepared by reacting an appropriately substituted aminoquinoline (X=NH2) with an appropriately substituted 2-halonitroaromatic compound in the presence of a base, such as cesium carbonate or potassium carbonate, in a solvent, such as DMF or DMSO. The reaction is carried out between 30°C and 120°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete. Upon completion, the solvent is removed in vacuo and the material may be purified by known methods such as chromatography, precipitation, or crystallization. Step 2-Preparation of a compound of formula 2 The compounds of formula 2 can be made by treating the nitroaniline with the appropriate aldehyde and a reducing agent, such as sodium dithionite in a solvent to assure dissolution of the nitro containing compound. The reaction is carried out between 30°C and 120°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete and partitioned between water and an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate or methylene chloride. The organic phase was separated and the solvent removed to leave a residue, which may be purified by known methods such as chromatography, precipitation or crystallization. The compounds of formula 2 may also be made in two steps by first reducing the compound of formula 1 by standard methods, with appropriate reagents such as tin chloride, ferric chloride, or hydrogen and a palladium or platinum catalyst. The resulting ortho dianiline can be cyclized with the appropriate ortho ester to give the benzimidazole, 2. Step 3-Preparation of a compound of formula 3 The compounds of formula 3 may be prepared by deesterifying a compound of formula 2, in which Y is CO2Me by standard methods. A compound of formula 2 is dissolved or slurried in a solvent such as THF or dioxane and LiOH may be added either as a solution in water or with some water. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete and acidified with an acid such as HCl. The solvent is removed in vacuo to give a compound of formula 3.
Alternatively, t-butyl esters (Y is CO2t-butyl) can be converted to the corresponding acid by treatment with an acid, such as TFA or aqueous HCl, in a solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction is carried out between 0°C and 60°C for between 4 and 72 hours or until the reaction is complete at which time the solvent is removed in vacuo. Step 4-Preparation of a compound of formula 4 The compound of formula 4 may be prepared by amidation of a compound of formula 3 by standard coupling conditions. For example, the acid, 3, may be reacted with ammonium chloride in the presence of HOBT or HATU, a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or methylmorpholine, and diethyldiazodicarboxylate or N1- ((ethylimino)methylene)-N3,N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine hydrochloride in a solvent such as DMF. The reaction is carried out at ambient temperature for between 12 and 96 hours or until the reaction is complete. The amide may precipitate with the addition of water or can be isolated by standard extractive methods. Step 5-Preparation of a compound of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may be prepared from a compound of formula 4 by first reacting a compound of formula 4 with the appropriate reagent such as 1,1-dimethoxy- N,N-dimethylethanamine to prepare methyltriazoles or 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N- dimethylmethanamine to make unsubstituted triazoles between 80°C and 150°C for between 0.5 and 5 hours or until the reaction is complete. Alternatively substituted triazoles may be prepared by using alternative reagents. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in acetic acid and hydrazine hydrate and stirred for between 80°C and 150°C for between 0.5 and 5 hours or until the reaction is complete. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by standard methods. If protecting groups are present on the compound at this point, they may be removed by appropriate methods. For example, trityl or Boc groups may be removed by treatment with an acid, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as methylene chloride. If the compound is a mixture of atropisomers, the isomers may be separated using a chiral chromatography method. The solvents and chromatography column used will depend on the specific compound being separated, but normal phase, reverse phase or supercritical fluid chromatography may be used. Alternatively, a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2 with ammonium chloride and trimethylaluminum in a solvent such as DCE between -20°C and 100°C for between 3 hours and 3 days or until the reaction is complete. Work-up and purification gives the nitrile which can be further reacted with sodium azide and ammonium chloride in a solvent such as DMF between 80°C and 150°C for between 2 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete. Alternatively a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2 where Y=CO2Me with a diamine, such as
ethylenediamine, in the presence of trimethylaluminum in a solvent such as toluene between 10°C and 150°C for between 1 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete. Alternatively a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2 where Y=CO2Me with hydrazine hydrate in an appropriate solvent such as ethanol between 40°C and reflux for between 2 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete. Work-up and purification gives the hydrazide which can be further reacted with an orthoester, such as trimethylorthoformate, triethylorthoacetate, and the like, to give an 1,3,4-oxadiazole, cyanogen bromide to give a 2-amino-1,3,4-oxadiazole, carbon disulfide to give an 1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-thione, trimethylisocyante to give an 2-amino- 1,3,4-thiadiazole, or phosgene or an equivalent, such as carbonyldiimidazole to give an 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2(3H)-one. Reaction Scheme 2
Figure imgf000105_0001
Step 6-Preparation of a compound of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2, Y is a halogen, preferably bromide, with an appropriately substituted tributylstannyl substituted reagent in the presence of catalysts, such as copper iodide and palladium in a solvent, such as dioxane between 50°C and 150°C for between 12 hours and 7 days, or until the reaction is complete under an inert atmosphere such as Argon. The reaction may be worked up by standard means and purified by standard methods, such as chromatography. Alternatively, a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2, where Y is a halogen, preferably bromide, with an appropriately substituted boronic acid, a MIDA ester of a boronic acid, or pinacol ester of a boronic acid in the presence of cesium fluoride in the presence of catalysts, such as copper iodide and palladium in a solvent, such as dioxane between 50°C and 150°C for between 12 hours and 7 days, or until the reaction is complete under an inert atmosphere such as Argon. The reaction may be worked up by standard means and purified by standard methods, such as chromatography. In some cases the product may have had a protecting group and deprotection would proceed by methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, a THP or Boc group would be removed by treatment with an acid such as TFA or aqueous HCl. Alternatively a compound of formula 5 may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula 2 (Y=Br) with ethynyltributylstannane in the presence of Pd(dppf)Cl2 and copper iodide in a solvent such as dioxane between 50°C and 150°C for between 12 hours and 7 days, or until the reaction is complete under an inert atmosphere such as Argon. The resulting acetylene containing compound is subsequently reacted with azidotrimethylsilane in the presence of a catalyst such as copper iodide or a solvent such as a mixture of DMF and MeOH between 50°C and 150°C for between 8 and 24 hours or until the reaction is complete to give a 1,2,3-triazole after purification by standard means. Reaction Scheme 3
Figure imgf000106_0001
Step 7-Preparation of a compound of formula 1a Compounds of formula 1a may be prepared by methods similar to that described in step 6 from compounds of formula 1 (Y=Br). Step 8-Preparation of compounds of formula 5 Compounds of formula 5 may be prepared by methods similar to that described in step 2. Examples Step 1. Methyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate
Figure imgf000107_0001
Palladium (II) acetate (0.14 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to a mixture of methyl 3-amino-5- morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate (1.50 g, 5.33 mmol), 4,8-dichloroquinoline (1.16 g, 5.87 mmol), dicyclohexyl(2',4',6'-triisopropyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine (0.87 g, 1.82 mmol), and potassium phosphate (3.22 g, 15.15 mmol) in toluene (10 mL). The resultant was degassed and stirred at 90 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and dry loaded onto silica gel and purified eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford the title compound as a brown solid. ES/MS m/z = 443.30 (M+H)+. The compounds listed below were prepared in a manner similar to that described in step 1 above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry: methyl 3-((5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-(quinolin-4-ylamino)benzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((2-cyclopropyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2- nitrobenzoate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((2-phenylquinolin-4-yl)amino)benzoate; methyl 3-((2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2- nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((7-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-fluoro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((2-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((3-cyclopropylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((2-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((2-ethyl-8-fluoro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2- nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-2-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2- nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((2-(thiazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)benzoate; methyl 3-((3-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((5,7-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((3-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)amino)benzoate; tert-butyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-4-fluoro-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl (S)-3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-(3-methylmorpholino)-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl (R)-3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-(3-methylmorpholino)-2-nitrobenzoate; tert-butyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-6-fluoro-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; 8-chloro-N-(5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine; 8-chloro-N-(5-morpholino-2-nitro-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3-yl)quinolin-4-amine; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4- yl)amino)benzoate; tert-butyl 4-(4-((3-(methoxycarbonyl)-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)amino)quinolin-2- yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate; methyl 3-((3-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-4-fluoro-5-morpholino-2- nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-4-fluoro-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; methyl 3-((8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate; tert-butyl 4-(4-((3-(methoxycarbonyl)-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)amino)quinolin-2- yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)quinolin-4- yl)amino)benzoate; methyl 5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-((2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4- yl)amino)benzoate; methyl 3-((3-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate. Step 1a: N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000111_0001
4-amino-8-fluoroquinoline (500 mg, 3.1 mmol), 4-(3-bromo-5-fluoro-4- nitrophenyl)morpholine (941 mg, 3.1 mmol), and cesium carbonate (2.2 g, 6.8 mmol) were combined in DMF (4 mL). The resulting mixture was heated to 90°C. After 18 hours the reaction was allowed to cool and poured into water. The resulting precipitate was washed with water, then methanol, and dried to afford N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2- nitrophenyl)-8-fluoroquinolin-4-amine. ES/MS m/z 447.07. The compounds listed below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates: N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-chloroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-7-fluoroquinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)quinolin-4-amine; N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-amine. Step 2. Methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000112_0001
Butyraldehyde (0.9 mL, 10.44 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 3-((8- chloroquinolin-4-yl)amino)-5-morpholino-2-nitrobenzoate (600 mg, 1.36 mmol) and sodium dithionite (833 mg, 4.07 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and DMSO (3 mL). The reagents were stirred at 80°C for 16 hours, after which time the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and filtered. The resultant residue was purified on silica gel with 0 to 15% methanol in ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as an orange solid. ES/MS m/z = 465.235 (M+H) +. The compounds listed below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates: methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-(tert-butyl)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl (S)-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 6-morpholino-2-propyl-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-fluorocyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-cyclopropyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-phenylquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(7-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-fluoro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-1-(2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-cyclopropylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-1-(3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-ethyl-8-fluoro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-2-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(thiazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,7-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 2-cyclopropyl-1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-cyclopropyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 2-ethyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-1-(8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(thiazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (ES/MS m/z 443.1); 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-ethyl-1-(8-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-ethyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isobutyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-cyclopropyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-cyclopropyl-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-2-methyl-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine; tert-butyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl (S)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl (R)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(isothiazol-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; tert-butyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6- morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate methyl 1-(2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; methyl 1-(3-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylate; Step 3: 1-(8-Chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000124_0001
Aqueous lithium hydroxide (1M, 3.8 mL) was added to methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4- yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate (443 mg, 0.95 mmol) in THF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 6 with the addition of 6M HCl. The resultant solution was concentrated in vacuuo to afford the title compound. ES/MS m/z 451.40 (M+H)+. The compounds listed below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates: 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-(tert-butyl)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; (S)-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 6-morpholino-2-propyl-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-fluorocyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-cyclopropyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-phenylquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(7-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-fluoro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-1-(2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3-cyclopropylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-1-(3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-ethyl-8-fluoro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-2-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(thiazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(3-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5,7-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 2-cyclopropyl-1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-cyclopropyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-ethyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(3-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-1-(8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(thiazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; (S)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; (R)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(isothiazol-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(3-carbamoylquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 1-(3-carbamoylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 1-(2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid; 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid; Step 3a: 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid.
Figure imgf000133_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino- 1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate (170 mg, 0.34 mmol) in DCM (3.0 mL) was added TFA (0.4 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours and concentrated in vacuuo to afford 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-6- morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid which was used without further purification in the next step. The following compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates: 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxylic acid. Step: 1-(8-Chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide.
Figure imgf000134_0001
Hünig’s base (1.35 mL, 7.74 mmol) was added to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6- morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylic acid (349 mg, 0.77 mmol), ammonium hydrochloride (248 mg, 4.64 mmol), 1H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ol hydrate (356 mg, 2.32 mmol), and N1-((ethylimino)methylene)-N3,N3-dimethylpropane-1,3- diamine hydrochloride (445 mg, 2.32 mmol) in DMF (3 mL). The reagents were stirred at ambient temperature for 72 hours. Material precipitated with the addition of water. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under high vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.30 (d, 1H), 9.20 (d, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.65– 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.03– 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.66– 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.72– 1.58 (m, 2H), 0.82 (t, J = 7.4, 0.6 Hz, 3H). ES/MS m/z 450.20 (M+H)+. The compounds listed below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry: 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclobutyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-isopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-(tert-butyl)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; (S)-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-6-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(cyclopropylmethyl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 6-morpholino-2-propyl-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(1-fluorocyclopropyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 1-(2-cyclopropyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-phenylquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7-fluoro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-fluoro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-1-(2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(2-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(3-cyclopropylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-1-(3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(2-ethyl-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(3-ethyl-2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-2,3-dimethylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(2-ethyl-8-fluoro-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(5-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-2-(difluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-cyanoquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(5,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-fluoro-8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(thiazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(3-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5,7-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 2-cyclopropyl-1-(7,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-cyclopropyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-ethyl-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(3,8-dichloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(3-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(5-chloro-8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(6,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-cyclopropyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-1-(8-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(8-(trifluoromethyl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(thiazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(oxetan-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; (S)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; (R)-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-(3-methylmorpholino)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole- 4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-(isothiazol-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl)quinolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate; tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-carbamoyl-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1- yl)quinolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate; 1-(3-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-7-fluoro-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 1-(8-cyano-3-methylquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-carbamoyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)quinolin-2- yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate; 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 6-morpholino-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carboxamide; 4-(4-carbamoyl-2-ethyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)quinoline-3- carboxamide; 4-(4-carbamoyl-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)quinoline-3- carboxamide; Step 5: 4-(1-(8-Chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate.
Figure imgf000143_0001
1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-2-propyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxamide (60 mg, 0.13 mmol) was suspended in 1,1-dimethoxy-N,N-dimethylmethanamine (2.3 mL, 17 mmol) and stirred at 120°C for 1 hour. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated in vacuuo. The residue was dissolved in acetic acid (1 mL) and hydrazine hydrate (8 µL, 0.17 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C for 1 hour, after which the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature. The resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 4- (1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 1). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.37 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.09 - 3.02 (m, 4H), 2.88 - 2.80 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.45 (m, 2H), 0.78 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). ES/MS m/z 474.20 (M+H)+. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry:
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0002
Step 5a: 4-(2-methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
To a suspension of ammonium chloride (193 mg, 3.6 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) at 0oC under N2 was added trimethylaluminum (1.8 mL of a 2.0M heptane solution, 3.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0oC for 5 minutes, then at ambient temperature for 20 minutes. The reaction was cooled back to 0oC, and a suspension of methyl 2-methyl-1- (2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate (300 mg, 0.72 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stir for 3 days. After heating to 60oC for 3 hours the reaction was allowed to cool, then treated with aq. citric acid. The product was extracted 3x into dichloromethane and was purified on silica (0– 100% EtOAc in DCM) to give 2-methyl- 1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbonitrile.2- Methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) was combined with sodium azide (85 mg, 1.3 mmol) and ammonium chloride (70 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and heated in a microwave at 100oC for 14 hours. The crude reaction was purified by preparatory LC to provide 4-(2- methyl-1-(2-methylquinolin-4-yl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (Compound 160). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.21– 8.14 (m, 1H), 7.88 (ddd, J = 8.5, 6.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (ddd, J = 8.2, 6.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.14– 2.99 (m, 4H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 427.2 (M+H) +. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000173_0001
Step 5b: 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000174_0001
A solution of methyl 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate (210 mg, 0.48 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.46 mL, 9.6 mmol) in ethanol was refluxed for 2h. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated. Ethyl acetate and water were added followed by two extractions of the aqueous phase with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtrated and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2- methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (ES/MS m/z = 437.1 (M+H)+) which was dissolved in trimethylorthoformate (2.6 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) and heated to 100 °C for 45 minutes. After cooling and concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt (Compound 162). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.50 (s, 1H), 9.31 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J = 7.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63– 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.5, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.04 (q, J = 4.3 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 447.1 (M+H)+. Step 5c: 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine
Figure imgf000175_0001
1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide. A mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (50 mg, 0.119 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (15 mg, 0.178 mmol) and BrCN (14.5 mg, 0.137 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-amine as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt(Compound 163). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.23 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.09– 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63– 7.45 (m, 5H), 7.39 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 3.63 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.06 - 2.98 (m, 4H), 2.44 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 446.2 (M+H)+.
Step 5d: 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2(3H)-thione
Figure imgf000175_0002
1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide. A mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (50 mg, 0.119 mmol), potassium hydroxide (13.3 mg, 0.238 mmol) and CS2 (14.3 ^L, 0.238 mmol) was refluxed for 20 hours. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 5- (1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-4-yl)-1,3,4- oxadiazole-2(3H)-thione as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt (Compound 164 ). H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.21 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (td, J = 8.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43– 7.35 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.08– 2.94 (m, 4H), 2.35 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 463.2 (M+H)+. Step 5e: 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine
Figure imgf000176_0001
1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide. A mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (100 mg, 0.238 mmol) and trimethylsilyl isothiocyanate (33 ^L, 0.238 mmol) in ethanol (2.3 mL) was refluxed for 4 h, and then the reaction mixture was concentrated. After adding conc. H2SO4 (2.3 mL), the solution was stirred at 30 °C for 6 h. The mixture was slowly neutralized by adding potassium carbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4- yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-4-yl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-amine as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt (Compound 165). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.22 - 9.19 (m, 1H), 8.03 - 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.85 - 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.73– 7.51 (m, 4H), 7.48 - 7.41 (m, 1H), 6.55 - 6.52 (m, 1H), 3.68 - 3.60 (m, 4H ), 3.05 - 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.35 (s,
3H). ES/MS m/z = 462.2 (M+H)+. Step 5f: 5-(1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2(3H)-one
Figure imgf000177_0001
1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide was prepared in a manner similar to 1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl- 6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide. A mixture of 1-(7- fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (50 mg, 0.119 mmol) and carbonyl diimidazole (21 mg, 0.131 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 5- (1-(7-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-4-yl)-1,3,4- oxadiazol-2(3H)-one as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt (Compound 166). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.75 (s, 1H), 9.20 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J = 10.1, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (td, J = 8.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J = 9.2, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.08– 2.93 (m, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 447.2 (M+H) +. Step 5g: 4-(1-(2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine.
Figure imgf000178_0001
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL, 6.53 mmol) was added to 4-(2-methyl-4-(4H-1,2,4- triazol-3-yl)-1-(2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (180 mg, 0.25 mmol) in DCM (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5- 95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 4-(1-(2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4- (4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 167). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.23 - 8.13 (m, 1H), 7.93 - 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.60 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 6.79 - 6.73 (m, 1H), 3.65 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.13 - 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 478.20 (M+H) +. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry known to those skilled in the art.
Figure imgf000178_0002
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0003
Step 5h: 4-(2-methyl-1-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)quinolin-4-yl)-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate.
Figure imgf000180_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-(2-methyl-6-morpholino-4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl)quinolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (319 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DCM (3.0 mL) was added TFA (0.8 mL). After concentration under reduced pressure, the resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the parent compound as a 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid salt. ES/MS m/z = 482.2 (M+H)+. (Compound 168).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.96 (s, 2H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 7.87 - 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.34 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.71 - 6.64 (m, 1H), 4.03 - 3.90 (m, 4H), 3.72 - 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.26 (m, 4H), 3.14 - 3.04 (m, 4H), 2.59 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z 496.30 (M+H) +.
The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry known to those skilled in the art.
Figure imgf000180_0002
Figure imgf000181_0002
Step 5i: 5-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol- 4-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-amine
Figure imgf000181_0001
Anhydrous hydrazine (0.36 mL, 11.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of methyl 1-(5,8- difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.14 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) and heated to 65C. After several hours, the reaction was cooled and filtered. The yellow solid was washed with MeOH and dried to give 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-4- carbohydrazide. 1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-6-morpholino-1H- benzo[d]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide (99 mg, 0.226 mmol) and cyanamide (80 mg, 1.90 mmol) were combined in DMF (0.5 mL) and heated to 120oC for 4 days. The mixture was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid) to give the title compound (Compound 393). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.33 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (ddd, J = 10.0, 9.0, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7.44 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.70 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 3.09 - 3.02 (m, 4H), 2.48 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 463.2 (M+H)+. Step 6: 4-(4-(5-chloro-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2- methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000182_0001
[1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II), complex with dichloromethane (50.29 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added to a mixture of 4-(4-bromo-1-(8- chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (293 mg, 0.62 mmol), Bis-(Pinacolato) Diboron (187.67 mg, 0.74 mmol), and potassium acetate (181.33 mg, 1.85 mmol) in dioxane (1.2 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed and stirred at 125 °C for 5 hours. The resultant was filtered through a pad of celite and washed with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to afford 4-(1-(8- chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine, which was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and water (2 mL) with 3,5-dichloro-4-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazole (205.16 mg, 0.92 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (39 mg, 2 mmol).
Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (71 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added and the reagents were stirred at 90 °C for 16 hours, after which time the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried with sodium sulfate and filtered. The resultant residue was purified on silica gel with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 4-(4-(5-chloro-4- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2- methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine which was dissolved in DCM (2 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 2 hour, after which the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature. The resultant was purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid). The appropriate fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford 4-(4-(5-chloro-4H-1,2,4- triazol-3-yl)-1-(8-chloro-5-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (Compound 170). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.35 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.15 - 8.07 (m, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.53 - 7.43 (m, 2H), 6.79 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.67 - 3.61 (m, 4H), 3.04 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 498.1 (M+H) +. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry known to those skilled in the art.
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Step 6a: 4-(1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(oxazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000186_0001
To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (290 mg, 0.66 mmol) in dioxane (3.5 mL) were added 2-(tri-n- butylstannyl)oxazole (0.21 mL, 0.99 mmol), copper iodide (13 mg, 0.07 mmol), and Pd(II)Cl2dppf (42 mg, 0.07 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed under Argon and heated to 80°C for 6 days. The reaction was purified directly on silica (0– 30% MeOH/DCM), then by prep LC to give 4-(1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(oxazol- 2-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (Compound 200). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.29 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (ddd, J = 10.8, 7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68– 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.08 (td, J = 4.5, 2.8 Hz, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z 430.2 (M+H)+. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000186_0002
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000191_0002
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0002
Step 6b: 4-(4-(2-chloro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000197_0001
To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added 2-chloro-1-THP-1H- imidazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (106 mg, 0.34 mmol), cesium fluoride (100 mg, 0.66 mmol), copper iodide (4 mg, 0.023 mmol), and Pd(II)Cl2dppf (13 mg, 0.023 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed under Argon and heated to 80°C for 5 days. The reaction was purified directly on silica (0– 30% MeOH/DCM), then by prep LC to give 4-(4-(2-chloro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-1-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine as an off-white solid (Compound 260). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.25 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82– 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.68– 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.09– 2.92 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z 463.2 (M+H)+. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0002
Step 6c: 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000211_0001
4-(4-Bromo-1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (220 mg, 0.48 mmol), ethynyltributylstannane (0.181 mL, 0.63 mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (31 mg, 0.048 mmol), and copper iodide (9 mg, 0.048 mmol) were combined in dioxane (2 mL), degassed under Ar2, and heated to 70°C. After 5 days the reaction was purified directly on silica to give 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-4-ethynyl-2-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine. 4-(1-(8-Chloroquinolin-4-yl)-4-ethynyl-2-methyl- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (39 mg, 0.097 mmol) was combined with copper iodide (2 mg, 0.01 mmol) in a mixture of DMF (0.5 mL) and MeOH (0.1 mL) under N2. Azidotrimethylsilane (0.019 mL, 0.145 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was heated to 80°C overnight. Purification on silica (0-30% MeOH/DCM), followed by preparatory LC, provided 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-5- yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (Compound 329). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.32 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.68– 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 3.68– 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.10– 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z 446.2 (M+H)+.
The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000212_0001
Step 6d: 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-4-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000213_0001
4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-ethyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (200 mg, 0.42 mmol) was combined with N,N-dimethyl imidazole-1-sulfonamide (81 mg, 0.47 mmol), PdOAc (7 mg, 0.07 mmol), and CuI (210 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL). The mixture was degassed under Ar2 and heated to 140oC under microwave irradiation for 10 hours. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate concentrated, then precipitated from water to give the protected product as a brown solid. Treatment with TFA in DCM, followed by reverse phase prep LC purification, provided the title compound (Compound 387).1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.30 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 7.79 (ddd, J = 10.0, 8.7, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.52– 7.41 (m, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.78– 3.62 (m, 4H), 3.12– 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.75– 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H). ES/MS m/z = 461.2 (M+H) + . Step 6e: 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-4-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000213_0002
To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-propyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (100 mg, 0.21 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added 1- Boc-pyrazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (91 mg, 0.31 mmol), cesium fluoride (78 mg, 0.51 mmol), and BrettPhos Pd G3 (17 mg, 0.021 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed under Argon and heated to 80°C for 3 days. The reaction was purified directly on silica (0– 100% EtOAc/DCM), then treated with TFA in DCM to remove the Boc group. Final purification by prep HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid) afforded the title compound (Compound 388). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.30 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (ddd, J = 10.1, 8.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (ddd, J = 12.3, 8.8, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 3.74 - 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.15 - 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.72 - 2.56 (m, 2H), 1.66 (h, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 0.86 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). ES/MS m/z 475.2 (M+H)+. The compound listed in the table below was prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000214_0001
Step 6f: 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)- 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine as a yellow solid
Figure imgf000215_0001
4-(4-bromo-1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (150 mg, 0.337 mmol), 2-(trifluoromethyl)-1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-imidazole (117 mg, 0.438 mmol), butyl di-1-adamantylphosphine tretrafluoroborate salt (45 mg, 0.101 mmol), K2CO3 (116 mg, 0.842 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (11 mg, 0.051 mmol), and pivalic acid (10 mg, 0.101 mmol) were combined in toluene (0.5 mL). The mixture was purged with N2 and heated to 100oC overnight. Purification on silica gel (12 g column, 0 – 100% EtOAc/DCM) gave 4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)-1- ((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine, ES/MS m/z = 631.2 (M+H)+. Treatment with TFA in DCM afforded the title compound (Compound 390). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.17 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (ddd, J = 10.1, 8.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (ddd, J = 12.5, 8.8, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.65 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.13 - 2.90 (m, 4H). ES/MS m/z = 501.1 (M+H)+.
Step 7: 8-chloro-N-(5-morpholino-2-nitro-3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4- yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000215_0002
To a solution of N-(3-bromo-5-morpholino-2-nitrophenyl)-8-chloroquinolin-4-amine (250 mg, 0.54 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL) was added 4-(tri-n-butylstannyl)-1- tritylimidazole (355 mg, 0.59 mmol), copper iodide (10 mg, 0.05 mmol), and
Pd(II)Cl2dppf (35 mg, 0.05 mmol). The resulting mixture was degassed under Argon and heated to 80°C. After 18 hours the reaction was allowed to cool and was purified directly on silica (0– 100% EtOAc/DCM) to give 8-chloro-N-(5-morpholino-2-nitro-3- (1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine. ES/MS m/z 693.2.(M+H)+. Step 8: 4-(1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6- yl)morpholine
Figure imgf000216_0001
Formaldehyde (0.11 mL, 1.3 mmol) was added to a suspension of 8-chloro-N-(5- morpholino-2-nitro-3-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)quinolin-4-amine (150 mg, 0.22 mmol) and sodium thiosulfite (113 mg, 0.65 mmol) in a mixture of EtOH (1 mL) and DMSO (1 mL). The vessel was sealed and heated to 80°C for 18 hours. After cooling, the mixture was poured into EtOAc and washed with water, then aq. NaHCO3. The organic phase was purified on silica (0– 30% MeOH/DCM), then by prep LC, to give 4- (1-(8-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (Compound 332). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 9.27 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (m, 1H), 8.57 (m, 1H), 8.13 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 4.6, 1H), 7.69– 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.13– 3.08 (m, 4H). ES/MS m/z 431.1 (M+H)+. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0002
Separation of atropisomers: The atropisomers of compound 200 were separated on OD- H SFC 5uM 21x250mm column in 30% EtOH/CO2 at 60 mL/min to give the atropisomers of 4-[3-(8-fluoroquinolin-4-yl)-2-methyl-7-(1,3-oxazol-2-yl)benzimidazol- 5-yl]morpholine, Compound 340 and Compound 341 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.27 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (ddd, J = 10.9, 7.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.12 - 2.95 (m, 4H), 2.45 (s, 3H). ES/MS m/z 430.1 (M+H)+. The compounds listed in the table below were prepared in a manner similar to that described above using appropriate intermediates and chemistry.
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0003
5-(1-(5,8-Difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-6-morpholino-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-4-yl)-1H- imidazole-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000225_0001
4-(1-(5,8-difluoroquinolin-4-yl)-4-(2-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)morpholine (26 mg, 0.042 mmol) was combined with NH4OH (5% aqueous solution) and stirred at 50oC for 12 days. The reaction was poured into water and extracted 3 times with DCM. The combined extracts were purified by HPLC eluting with 5-95% water/ acetonitrile (0.1%v/v trifluoroacetic acid) to give the title compound (Compound 394). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.23 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (ddd, J = 10.0, 8.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.65 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.48 (ddd, J = 12.4, 8.8, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (t, J = 4.7 Hz, 4H), 3.17 - 3.04 (m, 4H). ES/MS m/z = 458.2 (M+H)+.
tert-Butyl 4-(4-chloroquinolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
Figure imgf000225_0002
A suspension of 2,4-dichloroquinoline (6.4 g, 32.2 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (5.0 g, 26.8 mmol) and diethylisopropylamine (6.5 mL, 38.0 mmol) was stirred in a sealed tube at 100 °C for 2 days. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuuo to afford material which was purified by column chromatography on SiO2 eluting with EtOAc in hexanes (0-15%) to afford the title compound. ES/MS m/z = 348.1 (M+H)+. 4-Chloro-2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)quinoline
Figure imgf000226_0001
A sealed tube was charged with 2,4-dichloroquinoline (1.0 g, 5.05 mmol), 3-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1-trityl-1H-pyrazole (2.2 g, 5.05 mmol), K3PO4 (3.2 g, 15.1 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.58 g, 0.50 mmol) followed by dioxane (50 mL) and water (12 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 3 h. Upon cooling, the reaction mixture was absorbed on SiO2 followed by purification on column
chromatography on SiO2 eluting with EtOAc in hexanes (0-100%) to afford the title compound. ES/MS m/z = 472.2 (M+H)+. The compound listed below was prepared in a similar manner using appropriate intermediates: 4-chloro-2-(1-trityl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)quinoline
2- Trifluorometh l -1- 2- trimeth lsil l ethox )methyl)-1H-imidazole
Figure imgf000226_0002
Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 764 mg, 19.1 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of 2-(trifluoromethyl)imidazole (650 mg, 4.78 mmol) in THF (25 mL) at 0oC under N2. The mixture was stirred at 0oC for 2 hours, then 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (1.0 mL, 5.73 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to gradually attain ambient temperature and stir overnight. The reaction was quenched slowly with water, then poured into EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, then purified on silica gel (40 g column, 0– 100% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the title compound. ES/MS m/z = 267.1 (M+H)+. Biological Examples The compounds of formula (I) were characterized for their enzymatic activity against the PI3K isoforms. The activities were measured using a time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR-FRET) assay. TR-FRET monitored the formation of 3,4,5-inositol triphosphate molecule that competed with fluorescently labeled PIP3 for binding to the GRP-1 pleckstrin homology domain protein. An increase in
phosphatidylinositide 3-phosphate product resulted in a decrease in TR-FRET signal as the labeled fluorophore was displaced from the GRP-1 protein binding site. Class I PI3K isoforms were expressed and purified as heterodimeric recombinant proteins. All assay reagents and buffers for the TR-FRET assay were purchased from Millipore. PI3K isoforms were assayed under initial rate conditions in the presence of 25 mM Hepes (pH 7.4), and 2× Km ATP (75-500 µM), 2 µM PIP2, 5% glycerol, 5 mM MgCl2, 50 mM NaCl, 0.05% (v/v) Chaps, 1 mM dithiothreitol, and 1% (v/v) DMSO at the following concentrations for each isoform: PI3Kα, PI3Kβ, and PI3Kδ between 25 and 50 pM, and PI3Kγ at 2 nM. The compounds were added to the assay solution and incubated for 30 minutes at 25°C. The reactions were terminated with a final concentration of 10 mM EDTA, 10 nM labeled-PIP3, and 35 nM Europium labeled GRP-1 detector protein before reading TR-FRET on an Envision plate reader
(Ex: 340 nm; Em: 615/665 nm; 100 µs delay and 500 µs read window). The results were normalized based on positive (1 µM wortmanin) and negative (DMSO) controls, and the IC50 values for PI3K α, β, δ, and γ were calculated from the fit of the dose-response curves to a four-parameter equation. These assays generally produced results within 3-fold of the reported mean. As shown in Table 1, the compounds provided herein are inhibitors of PI3Kβ.
The compounds of formula (I) were also characterized for their metabolic stability in human hepatocytes by incubating the test articles (TA) in cryopreserved human hepatocytes and monitoring parent drug disappearance via LC/MC. The TA was incubated with 1 million hepatocytes/mL at 2 µM substrate in duplicate. The incubation was carried out at 37°C with 5% CO2 and saturating humidity. Samples were taken at 0, 1, 2, and 4 hours to monitor the disappearance of TA and a half-life (t1/2) was determined. Table 1
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the present application.

Claims

What is claimed: 1. A compound having the structure of formula (I):
Figure imgf000236_0001
wherein n is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
m is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 1 or 2;
t is 1 or 2;
each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra - S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10
membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R100;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -
C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra - NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101;
R3 is selected from C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 102 ;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, acyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl and Ci-6 alkyl sulfonyl;
each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra - S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R 103 ;
each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra - S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl or C2_6 alkynyl;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200;
each R100 , R101 , R102 , and R103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, - N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, - SRb Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R 201 ; and,
each R200 and R201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(0)Rc, -C(0)ORd, -C(0)NRcRd, -N(Rc)C(0)Rd, - S(0)NRdRd, -S(0)2NRcRd, -S(0)Rc, -S(0)2Rc, -NRcRd, -ORc, -SRC, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-
6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
2. A com ound of claim 1 having the structure of formula IB :
Figure imgf000238_0001
Formula IB
Figure imgf000238_0002
represents a single or double bond;
X1 is N or C;
each X2, X3, X4 and X5 is independently selected from S, O, CR10and NR11;
wherein each R10 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, - S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb d_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, Ci_6 C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R104;
wherein each R11 is independently selected from absent, hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, - S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S ;
alternatively, one R10 and one R11 group, together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five, six or seven membered fused or bridged ring; p; each R104 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, - S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R 201 ; and,
each R 201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, oxo, thioxo, vinyl, -C(0)Rc, -C(0)ORd, -C(0)NRcRd, -N(Rc)C(0)Rd, -S(0)NRdRd, - S(0)2NRcRd, -S(0)Rc, -S(0)2Rc, -NRcRd, -ORc, -SRC, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl and C2_6 alkynyl;
each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl and C2_6 alkynyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
3. A compound according to any of claims 1 wherein R3 is selected from:
Figure imgf000240_0001
wherein t is 1 or 2;
wherein each R13 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, - S(0)Ra, -S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 4. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IC:
Figure imgf000241_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 5. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula ID:
Figure imgf000241_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 6. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IE:
Figure imgf000242_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 7. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IF:
Figure imgf000242_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 8. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IG:
Figure imgf000243_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 9. A composition comprising an atropisomer of formula IE:
Figure imgf000243_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a carrier; wherein the atropisomer of formula IE or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is present in excess of its corresponding enantiomer or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 10. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IH:
Figure imgf000244_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 11. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IJ:
Figure imgf000245_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 12. A compound of claim 3 having the structure of formula IK:
Figure imgf000245_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
13. A compound according to any of claims 1-12 wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 14. A compound according to any of claims 1-13 wherein R1 is fluoro or chloro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 15. A compound according to any of claims 1-14 wherein R2 is C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-6 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heteroaryl and 4-6 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 16. A compound according to any of claims 1-15 wherein R2 is selected from hydrogen, amino, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, oxetanyl, and cyclopropyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 17. A compound according to any of claims 1-16 wherein R4 is selected from hydrogen and methyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 18. A compound according to any of claims 1-17 wherein R5 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, carboxamide, cyano, piperazinyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl and triazolyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 19. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from Table A;
TABLE A
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 20. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000277_0002
Figure imgf000278_0001
Figure imgf000279_0001
or a parmaceutca y accepta e sat,somer, or a mxture thereof. 21. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000279_0002
Figure imgf000280_0001
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
Figure imgf000285_0001
Figure imgf000286_0001
A:
Figure imgf000287_0001
Formula IA
wherein n is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
m is 1, 2, 3 or 4;
s is 1, 2 or 3;
each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORb, -C(O)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(O)Rb, -S(O)NRaRb, -S(O)2NRaRb, -S(O)Ra
, - S(O)2Ra
, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb
, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R100;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one to four R101;
R7 is selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -
C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra -S(0)2Ra, - NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is
102
optionally substituted with one to four R ;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl; each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra - S(0)2Ra, -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S; wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_s cycloalkyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 4-10 membered heterocyclyl is
103
optionally substituted with one to four R ;
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl;
wherein each Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four R200;
each R100 , R101 , R102 , and R103 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Ra, -C(0)ORb, -C(0)NRaRb, -N(Ra)C(0)Rb, -S(0)NRaRb, -S(0)2NRaRb, -S(0)Ra , -S(0)2Ra , -NRaRb, -ORa, -SRb C1_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl and C2_6 alkynyl;
wherein each C1_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with one to four 201
R ; and,
each R200 and R201 is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, hydroxy, amino, -C(0)Rc, -C(0)ORd, -C(0)NRcRd, -N(Rc)C(0)Rd, -S(0)NRdRd, - S(0)2NRcRd, -S(0)Rc , -S(0)2Rc , -NRcRd, -ORc, -SRC , C1_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl and C2_6 alkynyl;
each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, C1_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl and C2_6 alkynyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
23. A compound of claim 22, having the structure of formula IL or IM:
Figure imgf000289_0001
Formula IL Formula IM
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
24. A compound according to any of claims 21-23 wherein R7 is selected from C(0)ORb, carboxamide, bromo, and cyano; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
25. A compound according to any of claims 21-24 wherein R1 is selected from hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, fluoroethyl, difluoroethyl and trifluoroethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
26. A compound according to any of claims 21-24 wherein R1 is fluoro or chloro; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 27. A compound according to any of claims 21-26 wherein R2 is C1-6 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 28. A compound according to any of claims 21-26 wherein R2 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, furanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and cyclopropyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 29. A compound according to any of claims 21-28 wherein R4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof. 30. A compound according to any of claims 21-28 wherein R5 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, carboxamide, cyano, piperazinyl, cyclopropyl, phenyl and triazolyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof.
31. A pharmaceutical composition comprises the compound according to any one of claims 1-30 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. 32. A method of treating a disease or condition in a human in need thereof comprising administering to the human a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition according to any one of claims 1-31 wherein the disease or condition is selected from cancer, hematologic malignancies, leukemias, lymphomas, myeloproliferative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell neoplasms, solid tumor, inflammation, fibrosis, autoimmune disorders, allergic conditions,
hypersensitivity, cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, renal disorders, viral infections, obesity, and autoimmune diseases. 33. The method of claim 32, wherein the disease or condition is selected from rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, psoriasis, systemic lupus
erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, chronic obstructive airways disease, pneumonitis, dermatitis, alopecia, nephritis, vasculitis, atherosclerosis, Alzheimer’s disease, hepatitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis, diabetes, acute rejection of transplanted organs, lymphomas, multiple myelomas, leukemias, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers brain tumors bone cancer, or soft tissue sarcoma. 34. The method of claim 32, wherein said disease or condition is selected from prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers, brain tumors, bone cancer and soft tissue sarcoma. 35. A method of inhibiting the activity of a phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase polypeptide by contacting the polypeptide with the compound or composition of claim 1-31. 36. A method of inhibiting excessive or destructive immune reactions or growth or a proliferation of cancer cells, comprising administering an effective amount of the compound or composition according to any one of claims 1-31. 37. A method of treating a disease or condition in a human in need thereof comprising administering to the human a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition according to any one of claims 1-31 in combination with therapeutically effective amount of a compound that inhibits or modulates the activity of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases (PARP), Tankyrases (TANKs), matrix
metalloproteinases or androgen receptor, wherein the disease or condition is selected from cancer, hematologic malignancies, leukemias, lymphomas, myeloproliferative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell neoplasms, solid tumor,
inflammation, fibrosis, autoimmune disorders, allergic conditions, hypersensitivity, cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, renal disorders, viral infections, obesity, and autoimmune diseases. 38. The method of claim 37, wherein said disease or condition is selected from prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers, brain tumors, bone cancer and soft tissue sarcoma. 39. A method of treating a disease or condition in a human in need thereof comprising administering to the human a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or composition according to any one of claims 1-31 in combination with therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from enzalutamide, abiraterone, abiraterone acetate, apalutamide, galeterone, olaparib, niraparib, veliparib, rucaparib, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, ketonazole, orteronel, finasteride, dutasteride, bexlosteride, izonsteride, turosteride, episteride, dexamethasone, prednisone, leuprolide, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, estrogen, cyproterone acetate, spironolactone, flutamide and hydroxyflutamide, wherein the disease or condition is selected from cancer, hematologic malignancies, leukemias, lymphomas, myeloproliferative disorders, myelodysplastic syndromes, plasma cell neoplasms, solid tumor, inflammation, fibrosis, autoimmune disorders, allergic conditions, hypersensitivity, cardiovascular diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, renal disorders, viral infections, obesity, and autoimmune diseases. 40. The method according to claim 39 wherein said disease or condition is selected from prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, renal cancer, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, rectum cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, stomach cancer, skin cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancers, CNS cancers, brain tumors, bone cancer and soft tissue sarcoma. 41. A kit comparing the compound or composition of any one of claims 1-31, a label and/or instructions for use. 42. The compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof according to any one of claims 1-30 for use in therapy. 43. The compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof according to any one of claims 1-30 for use in a method of treating of claim 32.
44. Use of the compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, isomer, or a mixture thereof according to any one of claims 1-30 for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a disease or condition of claim 32.
PCT/US2017/052817 2016-09-23 2017-09-21 Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors WO2018057808A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662398744P 2016-09-23 2016-09-23
US62/398,744 2016-09-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018057808A1 true WO2018057808A1 (en) 2018-03-29
WO2018057808A8 WO2018057808A8 (en) 2018-06-14

Family

ID=61690017

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2017/052817 WO2018057808A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2017-09-21 Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018057808A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180086719A1 (en) * 2016-09-23 2018-03-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
JP2023503322A (en) * 2019-11-29 2023-01-27 ファシオ インテレクチュアル プロパティ ビー．ヴイ． Novel compounds for treating diseases associated with DUX4 expression

Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US4326525A (en) 1980-10-14 1982-04-27 Alza Corporation Osmotic device that improves delivery properties of agent in situ
US4902514A (en) 1988-07-21 1990-02-20 Alza Corporation Dosage form for administering nilvadipine for treating cardiovascular symptoms
US4943593A (en) 1988-02-25 1990-07-24 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US4965288A (en) 1988-02-25 1990-10-23 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US4992445A (en) 1987-06-12 1991-02-12 American Cyanamid Co. Transdermal delivery of pharmaceuticals
US4997854A (en) 1989-08-25 1991-03-05 Trustees Of Boston University Anti-fibrotic agents and methods for inhibiting the activity of lysyl oxidase in-situ using adjacently positioned diamine analogue substrates
US5001139A (en) 1987-06-12 1991-03-19 American Cyanamid Company Enchancers for the transdermal flux of nivadipine
US5021456A (en) 1988-02-25 1991-06-04 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5023252A (en) 1985-12-04 1991-06-11 Conrex Pharmaceutical Corporation Transdermal and trans-membrane delivery of drugs
US5059714A (en) 1988-02-25 1991-10-22 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5120764A (en) 1988-11-01 1992-06-09 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5182297A (en) 1988-02-25 1993-01-26 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5252608A (en) 1988-02-25 1993-10-12 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5616345A (en) 1983-12-22 1997-04-01 Elan Corporation Plc Controlled absorption diltiazen formulation for once-daily administration
WO2001040217A1 (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Pfizer Products Inc. Novel benzoimidazole derivatives useful as antiproliferative agents
US6800620B2 (en) 2000-04-25 2004-10-05 Icos Inhibitors of human phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta
US20040248871A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2004-12-09 Jean Farjanel Use of lysyl oxidase inhibitors for cell culture and tissue engineering
US8435988B2 (en) 2010-10-06 2013-05-07 Glaxosmithkline Llc Benzimidazole derivatives as P13 kinase inhibitors
US8450321B2 (en) 2008-12-08 2013-05-28 Gilead Connecticut, Inc. 6-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)phenyl]imidazo-[1,2-A]pyrazin-8-amine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as a SYK inhibitor
US8486941B2 (en) 2007-03-12 2013-07-16 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Ltd Phenyl amino pyrimidine compounds and uses thereof
US8557803B2 (en) 2010-05-31 2013-10-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Purinone derivative
US20130274253A1 (en) 2010-12-28 2013-10-17 Sanofi Novel pyrimidine derivatives, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical use thereof as akt(pkb) phosphorylation inhibitors
US8673906B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2014-03-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chromenone derivatives

Patent Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US4326525A (en) 1980-10-14 1982-04-27 Alza Corporation Osmotic device that improves delivery properties of agent in situ
US5616345A (en) 1983-12-22 1997-04-01 Elan Corporation Plc Controlled absorption diltiazen formulation for once-daily administration
US5023252A (en) 1985-12-04 1991-06-11 Conrex Pharmaceutical Corporation Transdermal and trans-membrane delivery of drugs
US4992445A (en) 1987-06-12 1991-02-12 American Cyanamid Co. Transdermal delivery of pharmaceuticals
US5001139A (en) 1987-06-12 1991-03-19 American Cyanamid Company Enchancers for the transdermal flux of nivadipine
US4965288A (en) 1988-02-25 1990-10-23 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US4943593A (en) 1988-02-25 1990-07-24 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5021456A (en) 1988-02-25 1991-06-04 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5059714A (en) 1988-02-25 1991-10-22 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5182297A (en) 1988-02-25 1993-01-26 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US5252608A (en) 1988-02-25 1993-10-12 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US4902514A (en) 1988-07-21 1990-02-20 Alza Corporation Dosage form for administering nilvadipine for treating cardiovascular symptoms
US5120764A (en) 1988-11-01 1992-06-09 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors of lysyl oxidase
US4997854A (en) 1989-08-25 1991-03-05 Trustees Of Boston University Anti-fibrotic agents and methods for inhibiting the activity of lysyl oxidase in-situ using adjacently positioned diamine analogue substrates
WO2001040217A1 (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-06-07 Pfizer Products Inc. Novel benzoimidazole derivatives useful as antiproliferative agents
US6800620B2 (en) 2000-04-25 2004-10-05 Icos Inhibitors of human phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase delta
US20040248871A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2004-12-09 Jean Farjanel Use of lysyl oxidase inhibitors for cell culture and tissue engineering
US8486941B2 (en) 2007-03-12 2013-07-16 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Ltd Phenyl amino pyrimidine compounds and uses thereof
US8450321B2 (en) 2008-12-08 2013-05-28 Gilead Connecticut, Inc. 6-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-N-[4-(morpholin-4-yl)phenyl]imidazo-[1,2-A]pyrazin-8-amine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as a SYK inhibitor
US8673906B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2014-03-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chromenone derivatives
US8557803B2 (en) 2010-05-31 2013-10-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Purinone derivative
US8435988B2 (en) 2010-10-06 2013-05-07 Glaxosmithkline Llc Benzimidazole derivatives as P13 kinase inhibitors
US20130274253A1 (en) 2010-12-28 2013-10-17 Sanofi Novel pyrimidine derivatives, preparation thereof, and pharmaceutical use thereof as akt(pkb) phosphorylation inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th Ed.", 1985, MACE PUBLISHING CO.
AGNEW, CHEM. INTL. ED. ENGL, vol. 33, 1994, pages 183 - 186
BERGE, JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCE, vol. 66, no. l, January 1977 (1977-01-01)
CHESON, B.D.; LEONARD, J.P.: "Monoclonal Antibody Therapy for B-Cell Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma", THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, vol. 359, no. 6, 2008, pages 613 - 626, XP002573821, DOI: doi:10.1056/NEJMra0708875
ENGELMAN, NAT. REV. CANCER, vol. 9, 2009, pages 550 - 562
FERRARA N.; ALITALO, K.: "Clinical application of angiogenic growth factors and their inhibitors", NATURE MEDICINE, vol. 5, 1999, pages 1359 - 1364, XP002217702, DOI: doi:10.1038/70928
FOSTER: "Deuterium Isotope Effects in Studies of Drug Metabolism", TRENDS PHARMACOL. SCI., vol. 5, no. 12, 1984, pages 524 - 527, XP025943358, DOI: doi:10.1016/0165-6147(84)90534-0
G.S. BANKER & C.T. RHODES,: "Modern Pharmaceutics, 3rd Ed.", MARCEL DEKKER, INC.
HILES ET AL., CELL, vol. 70, 1992, pages 419 - 29
J. MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th ed.,", 1992, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
MESHRAM H M ET AL: "Synthesis and Cytotoxicity of New Quinoline Derivatives", INDIAN JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY, SECTION B, vol. 51B, no. 9, 22 January 2013 (2013-01-22), pages 1411 - 1416, XP055418074, ISSN: 0376-4699 *
MORTON, L.M. ET AL.: "Lymphoma Incidence Patterns by WHO Subtype in the United States, 1992-2001", BLOOD, vol. 107, no. 1, 2006, pages 265 - 276
OTSU ET AL., CELL, vol. 65, 1991, pages 91 - 104
PANAYOTOU ET AL., TRENDS CELL BIOL., vol. 2, 1992, pages 358 - 60
RAMEH ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, 1999, pages 8347 - 8350
WIERDA, W.G.: "Current and Investigational Therapies for Patients with CLL", HEMATOLOGY, 2006, pages 285 - 294

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180086719A1 (en) * 2016-09-23 2018-03-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
US10479770B2 (en) * 2016-09-23 2019-11-19 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
JP2023503322A (en) * 2019-11-29 2023-01-27 ファシオ インテレクチュアル プロパティ ビー．ヴイ． Novel compounds for treating diseases associated with DUX4 expression

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018057808A8 (en) 2018-06-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10479770B2 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP3154958B1 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP3160960B1 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP3154962B1 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP2941426B1 (en) Substituted pyrimidine aminoalkyl-quinazolones as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
US11021467B2 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP2935246B1 (en) Isoquinolinone or quinazolinone phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
US10227350B2 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
EP3154961B1 (en) Quinazolinone derivatives as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
US10214519B2 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
WO2018057808A1 (en) Benzimidazole derivatives and their use as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
HK1233646A1 (en) Phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
HK1216422B (en) Substituted pyrimidine aminoalkyl-quinazolones as phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors
HK1215024B (en) Isoquinolinone or quinazolinone phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17778124

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17778124

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1